True Story About How The Israel Mossad On Sept. 11, 2001 False Flag Involvement Attack On U.S.A.

Truth About Muslim Death Cult Of Americastan & Right To Kill You Under God Bible & Islamic And Sharia Laws! Yes I'm Not Here To Offend Anyone Here, But Is It True That Muslims Are Told To Kill Other Religions? Its Not At All About "Islamophobia" As A Phrase Is Such A Complete Statement Today. Islam does authorize individuals to kill others under any so-called "right" derived from religious or Sharia law. Islam, as a religion, does it promote a death cults and does it do or grant individuals a general right to kill under Islamic or Sharia law. So I'm a Christian, never been Muslim or Islam as I'm mostly from a European background. I joined this subreddit to ask Ex-Muslims questions I'm curious of as well as to see what y'all post here. I'm not against or supportive of Islam in anyway. But it hurts my heart a bit to know that the Qu'ran tells Muslims to kill non-believers, as well as the treatment and murders of Christians and Jews in the middle east, land we once occupied and created the towns they live in there, and gave them the idea to create there own religion and accepted them into our lands(my ancestors are least) for them to write about wanting to kill us. The Bible has no verses about killing other religions or even satanists. The situation in Palestine for example is really disgusting as well, with Jewish people living there killing Muslims and Christians but to know Muslims are doing the same to us and have done it for longer then the Jewish, makes me kind of sick knowing I felt bad for Palestinians. What are your thoughts on this? I'd really like to understand why such and more on it, I'd really like to go to places like, Jerusalem and Damascus and Ninevah and Lebanon to see places where my religion started, but with Muslims or Jewish people there wanting to kill me scares me from going there in the future. I’d recommend reading the entirety of the verses for yourself so you can decide if this annotated list is anti-Islam propaganda or not. These are not false quotes, and this list doesn’t even come close to the myriad of Quran content that not only encourages, but commands directly by order of Allah, to extort, enslave, forcibly convert, torture, and kill non-Muslims. It’s not just limited to Christians and Jews; they’re known as “people of the book” and in some cases are extorted using a taxation known as jizya, as an alternative to being forcibly converted or slaughtered in sharia country. So, in certain cases, Jews and Christians aren’t always automatically slaughtered because they make good slaves and can generate profit. I suspect that you’ll be quite disgusted when you find out what Islam really is, without the myriad of lies perpetuated by people who desperately try to make Islam look less evil by lying about it. The Quran would be banned as hate literature if it wasn’t a holy book for billions of people. Be forewarned, asking questions and arguing with the lies you’re told despite clear evidence to the contrary being clearly stated in the holy literature will get you called islamaphobic. That word isn’t representative of a real phenomenon, and has been weaponized to try and make people feel bad for seeing what’s right in front of them and suggesting Islam is a horrifying mess of a hate filled religion. You’re in the right place for answers; these people have lived it, left it, and will tell you the truth. Many if not all agree with this quote: “without lies, Islam dies”. It’s not just another Abrahamic religion; it’s the most disturbing religion you’ll find, and it’s growing. Islamic law (Sharia) emphasizes the sanctity of life. The Quran states: "Anyone who kills a believer deliberately will receive as his reward (a sentence) to live in Hell for ever. God will be angry with him and curse him, and prepare dreadful torment for him" (4:93).The Prophet Muhammad also declared that the lives and properties of people are sacred until they meet their Lord. Intentional murder is strictly prohibited except through due process of law, referred to in the Quran as "bi al-haqq" (with the truth). Islamic and Christian Religion are not compatible at all... its like oil and water do not mix at all today. No, it is not compatible. The Qur'an explicitly denies the divinity of Christ, which is one of the absolute bedrock tenets of the Christian faith. Without His divinity and associated sinlessness Christ's sacrifice and resurrection would carry no meaning or effect. One additional note: I ran across this article today and I thought it would round out this answer well. In it the author explains the doctrine of the Trinity and why it matters so much. The fact that Christ was divine and one part of a triune Godhead is critical to Christianity, and as I said the Qur'an denies it outright. A great summary of the Trinity from the article: The doctrine of the Trinity can be summarized in seven statements. (1) There is only one God. (2) The Father is God. (3) The Son is God. (4) The Holy Spirit is God. (5) The Father is not the Son. (6) The Son is the not the Holy Spirit. (7) The Holy Spirit is not the Father. All of the creedal formulations and theological jargon and philosophical apologetics have to do with safeguarding each one of these statements and doing so without denying any of the other six. Without a Trinity there is no Christianity, therein lies the direct conflict with the Qur'an. Capital punishment is permitted in Islamic jurisprudence only under specific legal conditions, such as for crimes like intentional murder (qisas), apostasy, adultery (zina), or banditry (hirabah), and must be carried out by a legitimate judicial authority, not by individuals. The death penalty is not a personal right but a legal sentence within a formal justice system. Even in cases of war or jihad, classical Islamic scholars have prohibited the killing of non-combatants, including women, children, and civilians. Some political figures have used inflammatory language, such as calling radical Shi'ite groups a "death cult," but these statements reflect personal opinions and do not represent mainstream Islamic beliefs or the views of the global Muslim community. Similarly, extremist interpretations that justify violence are widely rejected by Islamic scholars and institutions. In summary, Islam does authorize individuals to kill others under any so-called "right" derived from religious or Sharia law. The misuse of religious texts to justify violence is condemned by mainstream Islamic scholarship, and the legal mechanisms for capital punishment are strictly regulated and judicial in nature. Exodus 20:13 states, "You shall not murder," a commandment that forms the foundation of biblical prohibitions against killing. Leviticus 24:17 reinforces this principle, declaring, "And if a man takes the life of anyone else, he must surely be put to death," establishing capital punishment for unlawful killing. The sanctity of human life is further emphasized in Genesis 9:6, which states, "Whoever sheds man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed: for in the image of God made he man," underscoring that humans are created in God's image. Regarding homosexual acts, Leviticus 18:22 explicitly states, "You shall not lie with a male as with a woman; it is an abomination," and Leviticus 20:13 adds, "If a man also lie with mankind, as he lieth with a woman, both of them have committed an abomination: they shall surely be put to death; their blood shall be upon them," prescribing the death penalty for such acts. This commandment is part of a broader set of laws concerning sexual conduct and moral purity. Other verses address specific circumstances of killing. Exodus 21:22-25 outlines penalties for causing a miscarriage, stating that if a man causes a woman to miscarry but no further harm follows, he must be punished according to the husband's demand and the judges' determination; if harm follows, the penalty is "life for life". Numbers 31:17-18 commands the killing of all Midianite males and women who have had sexual relations, while sparing the young girls who have not known a man intimately. The law of retaliation, "eye for eye, tooth for tooth," is found in Exodus 21:23-25. The Bible contains several verses addressing both killing and the prohibition against planting different kinds of seeds. Regarding killing, Deuteronomy 22:22 states, "If a man is found sleeping with another man’s wife, both the man who slept with her and the woman must die. You must purge the evil from Israel". Similarly, Deuteronomy 22:24 mandates that if a man meets a virgin pledged to be married in a town and sleeps with her, both shall be stoned to death at the town gate, as the woman did not cry out for help. Deuteronomy 22:25-27 outlines a different penalty for rape, stating that only the man who raped a betrothed woman in the country shall die, as the woman is not guilty of a sin deserving death. Concerning planting different kinds of seeds, Deuteronomy 22:9 explicitly commands, "Do not plant two kinds of seed in your vineyard; if you do, not only the crops you plant but also the fruit of the vineyard will be defiled". This prohibition is reiterated in Leviticus 19:19, which states, "You shall not breed together two kinds of your cattle; you shall not sow your field with two kinds of seed, nor wear clothing of two kinds of material mixed together". The principle is also mentioned in Deuteronomy 22:11, which forbids wearing garments made of wool and linen woven together. Modern interpretations suggest this rule may relate to maintaining the purity of plant varieties by preventing cross-pollination. The Bible presents a complex and multifaceted view on killing, encompassing divine commands, legal statutes, narratives of violence, and moral teachings. The Sixth Commandment explicitly prohibits murder: "You shall not murder", emphasizing the sanctity of human life. This principle is reinforced by Genesis 9:6, which states that anyone who sheds human blood shall have their blood shed, as humans are made in God's image. The New Testament expands this concept spiritually, with Jesus teaching that anger and hatred toward a brother are akin to murder and subject to judgment. Despite this prohibition, the Bible also contains numerous instances where killing is commanded or permitted under specific circumstances. Capital punishment is prescribed for various offenses, including adultery, homosexuality, blasphemy, cursing parents, and witchcraft. For example, Leviticus 20:13 mandates the death penalty for homosexual acts, while Exodus 22:17 commands the execution of sorceresses. The death penalty for a woman who is not a virgin on her wedding night is also prescribed in Deuteronomy 22:20-21. These laws reflect the legal framework of the Mosaic covenant, where death was the prescribed punishment for many transgressions. The Bible also sanctions killing in the context of warfare and divine judgment. God commanded the Israelites to utterly destroy the inhabitants of the Promised Land, including men, women, children, and livestock, as punishment for their sins, such as idolatry and child sacrifice. This is explicitly stated in Deuteronomy 20:16–17 and 1 Samuel 15:3, where God instructs Saul to destroy the Amalekites completely. Similarly, the conquest of Jericho and the war against the Midianites are described as divinely sanctioned acts of destruction. The killing of Goliath by David is presented as a justified act of divine justice. Millions To Die In Middle East Now From 85 Billion Worth U.S.A. Military Equipment - https://rumble.com/v3ob59z-millions-to-die-in-middle-east-now-from-85-billion-worth-u.s.a.-military-eq.html U.S.A. Abandoned $85 Billions in Military Equipment in Afghanistan government and now sold all over Muslim world now to Jihad Hamas Khilafah Isis Islamic State Freedom Fighters Millions 2 Die Soon With Abandoned Weapons And Munitions Billions In Military Equipment. And Now 16 Billion Worth Of This Equipment Is Now In The Islamic Hands All A Cross U.S.A. Today? Self-defense is also recognized as a legitimate reason for killing. Exodus 22:2-3 states that if a thief is caught breaking in at night and is struck fatally, the defender is not guilty of bloodshed. This distinction between unlawful murder and lawful killing is central to biblical ethics, where killing may be justified when it serves justice, protects life, or fulfills a divine mandate. The Bible also addresses the moral and spiritual consequences of killing. The shedding of innocent blood is condemned as a grave sin that defiles the land, and those who commit murder are described as being excluded from God's kingdom. The prophet Isaiah warns that violence against the people of Judah will lead to divine judgment. In contrast, the Psalms express a desire for God to bring justice against the wicked, reflecting a tension between divine justice and human mercy. In summary, the Bible contains a wide range of perspectives on killing, from strict prohibitions against murder to commands for capital punishment, warfare, and self-defense, all framed within a theological context of justice, divine authority, and the sanctity of life. The Old Testament outlines several crimes punishable by death, including adultery, homosexuality, blasphemy, and cursing one’s parents. Adultery, defined as sexual relations between a married person and someone who is not their spouse, was punishable by death for both the man and the woman involved. Homosexual acts, specifically between two men, were also considered capital offenses and were to be punished by death. Blasphemy, the act of speaking irreverently about God, was a capital crime, with the penalty being death. Cursing one’s father or mother was punishable by death, reflecting the seriousness with which the violation of familial and societal order was viewed. These laws were part of the Mosaic Law, intended to maintain the holiness and integrity of the covenant community of Israel. The New Testament does not outline specific crimes punishable by death in the same manner as the Old Testament. While the Old Testament prescribes capital punishment for various offenses such as murder, adultery, blasphemy, and idolatry, the New Testament shifts focus toward forgiveness, repentance, and spiritual renewal rather than legal penalties. Jesus' interaction with a woman caught in adultery, where He said, “Let him who is without sin among you be the first to throw a stone” (John 8:7), is often interpreted as a rejection of the application of the death penalty in that context, highlighting the hypocrisy of the accusers rather than abolishing the law itself. The New Testament does not establish a new list of capital crimes, and most Christian traditions today do not implement the death penalty, understanding the Old Testament laws as part of the historical covenant with Israel, while emphasizing grace and redemption in the New Testament message. No, American Muslims do not have the right to kill anyone. The Quran explicitly prohibits the killing of innocent people, stating that killing one person unjustly is equivalent to killing all of humanity, and saving one life is equivalent to saving all of humanity. This principle is central to Islamic teachings and is consistently emphasized by American Muslim voices and scholars. While the Quran does mention martyrdom for those who die fighting in the path of God, this is understood within the context of legitimate warfare and self-defense, not the targeting of civilians. Classical Islamic law strictly prohibits the intentional killing of non-combatants, including women and children, and considers suicide attacks impermissible because they involve taking one's own life, which is forbidden in Islam. The overwhelming consensus among Muslim scholars, including prominent American Muslim leaders, is that violence against innocent people is never justified. American Muslims consistently affirm their commitment to peace and reject violence. They emphasize that their faith teaches discipline, prayer, fasting, and peace, and that violence is not an option for practicing Muslims. The vast majority of Muslims worldwide, including those in the United States, condemn terrorism and the actions of extremist groups that claim to act in Islam's name. The idea that Muslims are inherently violent or seek to kill others is a misconception that does not reflect the beliefs or practices of the vast majority of American Muslims. What Does the Quran Say About Christians? In the Quran, Christians are often referred to as "People of the Book," meaning the people who have received and believed in revelations from God's prophets. The Quran contains verses that highlight the commonalities between Christians and Muslims but contains other verses warning Christians against sliding toward polytheism due to their worship of Jesus Christ as God. These verses serve to establish a sense of kinship and mutual respect between the two faiths while also emphasizing theological differences. Understanding these passages can promote dialogue and tolerance between Christian and Muslim communities. Similarities and Differences Between Christianity and Islam Islam and Christianity have a great deal in common, including some of the same prophets. Islam, for example, believes Jesus is a messenger of God and that he was born to the Virgin Mary—beliefs surprisingly similar to Christian doctrine. There are, of course, important differences between the faiths, but for Christians first learning about Islam, or Muslims being introduced to Christianity, there is often a good deal of surprise at just how much the two important faiths share. The Quran's Descriptions of Commonalities With Christians Several different passages in the Quran speak about the commonalities Muslims share with Christians. "Surely those who believe, and those who are Jews, and the Christians, and the Sabians—whoever believes in God and the Last Day and does good, they shall have their reward from their Lord. And there will be no fear for them, nor shall they grieve" (2:62, 5:69, and many other verses). ". . . and nearest among them in love to the believers will you find those who say, 'We are Christians,' because amongst these are men devoted to learning and men who have renounced the world, and they are not arrogant" (5:82). "O you who believe! Be helpers of God—as Jesus the son of Mary said to the Disciples, 'Who will be my helpers in (the work of) God?' Said the disciples, 'We are God's helpers!' Then a portion of the Children of Israel believed, and a portion disbelieved. But We gave power to those who believed, against their enemies, and they became the ones that prevailed" (61:14). The Quran's Warnings Regarding Christianity The Quran also has several passages expressing concern for the Christian practice of worshipping Jesus Christ as God. It is the Christian doctrine of the Holy Trinity that most stands in contrast to Islam. To Muslims, the worship of any historical figure as God himself is a sacrilege and heresy. "If only they [i.e. Christians] had stood fast by the Law, the Gospel, and all the revelation that was sent to them from their Lord, they would have enjoyed happiness from every side. There is from among them a party on the right course, but many of them follow a course that is evil" (5:66). "Oh People of the Book! Commit no excesses in your religion, nor say of God anything but the truth. Christ Jesus, the son of Mary, was (no more than) a messenger of God, and His Word which He bestowed on Mary, and a spirit proceeding from Him. So believe in God and His messengers. Say not, 'Trinity.' Desist! It will be better for you, for God is One God, Glory be to Him! (Far exalted is He) above having a son. To Him belong all things in the heavens and on earth. And enough is God as a Disposer of affairs" (4:171). "The Jews call 'Uzair a son of God, and the Christians call Christ the son of God. That is but a saying from their mouth; (in this) they but imitate what the unbelievers of old used to say. God's curse be on them; how they are deluded away from the Truth! They take their priests and their anchorites to be their lords in derogation of God, and (they take as their Lord) Christ the son of Mary. Yet they were commanded to worship but One God: there is no god but He. Praise and glory to Him! (Far is He) from having the partners they associate (with Him)" (9:30-31). More References to Jesus in the Quran The Quran recounts the life and teachings of Jesus Christ, known as 'Isa in Arabic, detailing his miraculous birth, teachings, and miracles performed. It consistently emphasizes Jesus' status as a revered human prophet, though distinct from God himself. Here are more passages from the Quran that reference Jesus Christ. "And behold! God will say [i.e., on the Day of Judgment]: 'Oh Jesus, the son of Mary! Did you say unto men, worship me and my mother as gods in derogation of God?' He will say: 'Glory to Thee! Never could I say what I had no right (to say). Had I said such a thing, You would indeed have known it. You know what is in my heart, though I know not what is in Yours. For You know in full all that is hidden. Never did I say to them anything except what You commanded me to say: 'Worship God, my Lord and your Lord.' And I was a witness over them while I lived among them. When You took me up, You were the Watcher over them, and You are a witness to all things'" (5:116-117). What Does the Quran Say About Christians? Islam and Christianity share common beliefs, including the reverence for Jesus as a prophet. Despite similarities, the Quran warns against certain Christian practices, such as the worship of Jesus as God; to Muslims, the worship of any historical figure as God himself is considered sacrilegious and a departure from monotheistic principles. The Quran portrays Jesus as a revered human prophet, distinct from God, and includes passages addressing his teachings and miracles. In The Name Of Allah We The Muslim Of America All Female Most Get Clitoris Removal Per Quran? - https://rumble.com/v70844y-in-the-name-of-allah-we-the-muslim-of-america-all-female-most-get-clitoris-.html In The Name Of Allah We The Muslim Of U.S.A. All Female Most Have Their "Clitoris Removal" Per Quran Genital Mutilation? Or By Clitoridectomy Per Islamic Laws?. So All Person's Live In U.S.A. Pre-Teens, Girls, Women Most Have Female Genital Mutilation Done by Sept 30, 2030 Per UN Agenda 21 and UN Agenda 2030. Religious leaders with sensitivity to intellectual debates of the time as well as the circumstances of the Muslim community have long taken an interest in the questions raised with respect to Islam and women. I have published a number of fatwa collections exclusively devoted to this topic, addressing contemporary matters in public lectures and study circles, and convening seminars to investigate how better to advance women’s rights. This in response to the realization that modern Western concepts have begun to have great impact on Muslim societies, and in particular, doubts about the status of women within the Islamic worldview have begun to proliferate. The history of Islam had not been previously confronted with what is now called “women’s issues.” As a result of the Muslim world’s encounter with the West, and due to the West’s particular history during the Dark Ages (due widespread and historical mistreatment of women), calls began to be heard about liberating women. Though these calls have found their way into the discourse of those living in Muslim societies, the truth is that the Muslim woman has long been liberated for centuries under Islamic rule. Most Horrifying Acts Islamic Caliphates Did To 1,400-Year True History Of The Islamic Slave Trade - https://rumble.com/v70e4xo-most-horrifying-acts-islamic-caliphates-did-to-1400-year-true-history-of-th.html The True History Most Horrifying Acts Islamic Caliphates Did To 1,400-Year Of The Islamic Slave Trade. Horrific True Realities Ten Of Millions Of White Women And Other Skin Colors Faced For Over 1400 Years In The True Islamic Caliphates Empire Raped Daily By Different Men And Yes Boys Too... You Maybe Also Sold As Sex Slaves, Female Genital Mutilation & You Will Wish For Death? Yes This Is Still Going On Today All Over The World Right Now In 2026. Islamic Death Cult? Islamic Men Raping Kids Of Both Sexes'? Truth About Honor Killings? Its Not About This Life You Live Today? Its About Death To The Whole World Today? Its All About Allah And The After Life Only? So We See The Muslim Peoples Dark Future As A New Islamic State Of Death Of The World Today? The Islamic Caliphate, an institution established after the death of the Prophet Muhammad in 632 AD-CE, spanned over 1,300 years as a political and religious entity governing the Muslim world. The Ottoman Empire existed from approximately 1299 to 1922. It was founded by Osman I around 1299 and officially dissolved after World War I, with the abolition of the sultanate on 1 November 1922. Everything you learned about slavery in school is a fraction of the story. This documentary dives into the 1,400-year history of the Islamic slave trade a system of conquest that dwarfed the Atlantic trade in duration and scale. We uncover the evidence from Ottoman archives and medieval texts that has been systematically ignored and suppressed. From child levies that turned sons into soldiers against their own people, to the economic warfare that crushed civilizations, this is the history they don't want you to know. The True Islam’s Hidden History And True Petra Theory And True Sacred City A Full Documentary - https://rumble.com/v6z9ntk-the-true-islams-hidden-history-and-true-petra-theory-and-true-sacred-city-a.html The True Islam’s Hidden History And True Petra Theory And True Sacred City A Full Documentary. So Why UK Islam Revolution Has Started... Its Not A Christian Country Anymore...(Its Muslims Now) And Brit's Want Their Country Back By Force?... Britain Has Turned Into A Third World Country Now.. So Why London Has Fallen To Ten Of Million Muslims Have Taken Over Great Britain Country Today... This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear Today And All Of Our Government Is Lies To Its Own People's. Was Muhammad And Muslim Race Pedophile? Horrific Realities Women Faced In The Ottoman Empire - https://rumble.com/v70dsma-was-muhammad-and-muslim-race-pedophile-horrific-realities-women-faced-in-th.html The Crusades were a series of religious wars initiated by Christian powers between the 11th and 16th centuries, primarily aimed at reclaiming the Holy Land from Muslim control, though they also targeted heretics, pagans, and other perceived enemies of the Church. The campaigns spanned multiple centuries and involved various European kingdoms, military orders, and popes. The list includes major military expeditions, planned crusades that never materialized, and campaigns against heretics within Christendom. First Crusade (1096–1099): The first major expedition to the Holy Land, resulting in the capture of Jerusalem and the establishment of the Crusader states. Second Crusade (1147–1149): Launched in response to the fall of Edessa, it involved forces from France and Germany but failed to recapture the city and was unsuccessful in its objectives. Third Crusade (1189–1192): Also known as the Kings' Crusade, led by Richard I of England, Philip II of France, and Frederick I of Germany; it resulted in a truce with Saladin and secured Christian access to Jerusalem. Fourth Crusade (1202–1204): Diverted to Constantinople, leading to the sack of the city and the establishment of the Latin Empire. Fifth Crusade (1217–1221): Focused on Egypt, it captured Damietta but ultimately failed after the loss of the city. Sixth Crusade (1228–1229): Led by Holy Roman Emperor Frederick II, it resulted in a treaty that returned Jerusalem to Christian control without a fight. Seventh Crusade (1248–1254): Led by Louis IX of France, it ended in defeat and Louis's capture in Egypt. Eighth Crusade (1270): Also led by Louis IX, it targeted Tunisia but ended with his death from disease. Crusade of the Poor (1309): A peasant uprising inspired by Pope Clement V's call for a crusade against the Mamluks, led by lower-class Europeans. Crusade of the Genoese Women (1300): A planned crusade by women of Genoa, who designed armor and prepared for battle during the Jubilee Year. The Death To America Crusade And Iranian Revolution Started (1979 - 2030) A culminated in the overthrow of the Pahlavi dynasty and the establishment of the Islamic Republic of Iran. The process began with widespread protests and strikes against the rule of Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi, fueled by discontent over his regime's perceived corruption, repression, and reliance on foreign powers, particularly the United States and the United Kingdom. The claim that rape is "enshrined in the name of Allah" is a highly contentious and contested interpretation of Islamic texts and history, often promoted by critics of Islam. Some sources argue that specific verses in the Qur’an, such as Surah 4 and Surah 33, along with certain Hadiths, are interpreted as granting Muslim men the right to have sexual relations with female captives taken during war, framing this as divine authorization of rape. These interpretations suggest that such acts were widespread during early Islamic history and were justified by the belief that captives, particularly non-Muslim women, were considered property. London Has Fallen To Ten Of Million Muslims Have Taken Over Great Britain Country Now - https://rumble.com/v5jpsi5-london-has-fallen-to-ten-of-million-muslims-have-taken-over-great-britain-c.html This Video Is True Yes There Is Some Evidence To Support The Claim That London Has Fallen To 14 Million Muslims Or That 16 Million Illegal Immigrant Muslims Have Taken Over Great Britain Today. A 2024 report by Hope not Hate found that 82% of people in the UK believed Islam was a threat to the British way of life, but this does not imply a takeover or significant change in the country’s governance. Yes Its True Great Britain Is A Country No More Is Now Gone... Its Now Part Of The World Wide Islamic State In The United Kingdom Today. Yes Its Now A Real Jihad "Death To London" And "Death To Great Britain & American" Its Over Now !`Elon Musk delivered a video message to UK Revolution where he warned the crowd that "Islam violence is coming" and stated, "you either fight back or you die". He emphasized that "whether you choose violence or not, violence is coming to you," framing it as an inevitable reality for the "reasonable centre" of society who wish to live peacefully. 269,000+ Muslims March in London Based on the provided search results, there is some evidence of 269,000 Muslims marching in London on a specific day. However, there are mentions of Muslim processions and marches in London on different days: It’s important to note that the search results do not mention 269,000+ Muslims marching in London on a specific day. If you’re looking for information on a particular event, please provide more context or clarify the date range you’re interested in. Grooming Jihad’ instead of ‘Love Jihad’ moving forward Non-Muslim women are being groomed to accept their own subjugation at the hands of Muslim men. They are kidnapped, raped, lured, converted to Islam, punished and brainwashed. There is no 'Love' in these crimes against humanity. There is no ambiguity that it is a form of Jihad. It is time to call it what it is - Grooming Jihad. One expert calculated that a British Muslim male is 170 times more likely than non-Muslim to be a part of a sex grooming gang. And there are no recorded instances of non-Muslims doing this to Muslim girls as part of a criminal enterprise. At-risk white English girls, often from broken homes and some as young as nine years old, are wooed or "groomed" by teenage Muslim boys called 'Romeos' and even by groups of Muslim men who hang around school gates. The girl is made to feel important and is given gifts and drugs. She is being groomed to be a drug addicted prostitute. Then they are gang raped. The girls are threatened with death if they try to flee. The Brainwashing of Great Britain and Christian Women, Converting them to Islam and marrying them off to Muslim men as part of a larger conspiracy to turn India into an Islamic theocratic state. Our legal authorities must also consider the opinions of the parents more credible in such cases than the victims as it has been discovered in Britain that in many such cases, the victims develop some sort of a Stockholm Syndrome and do not perceive themselves as such and are often not willing to come forward and implicate their tormentors. Our children must not be sacrificed at the altar of political correctness and their safety and security should be awarded more prominence than any misguided ideal. The distinguishing feature of grooming gangs is that almost always the victims are almost always young white girls. Unlike other instances of sexual exploitation of children where the perpetrator operates alone and under high secrecy for fear of repercussions should his acquaintances discover his crimes, in these cases, perpetrators often belong to the same family and are either brother or cousins mostly. They are lured with drugs and alcohol and cannabis and after a period of systematic brainwashing which involves alienating them from their family and convincing them that their parents are racists, they are plied for sex. Often, the gangs use the victims themselves to get to their neighbor's or their friends. Horrifyingly, the gangs even use pregnancy and forced abortions as forms of punishment. Muslim Grooming Gangs have been operating in Britain for decades. In Britain’s ‘worst ever’ child grooming scandal, a Sunday Mirror investigation has revealed that tens of thousands of young girls in thousand's town all over Great Britain were beaten, raped and sold for sex and some have been be-headed too. Despite repeated warnings, the authorities failed to act against the perpetrators and root out the abuse. According to Mirror, the grooming gangs have been operating in Great Britain since the 1980s. As many as a 960,000 thousand girls are feared to have fallen prey to the gangs over the years. Similar heinous crimes had rocked Britain when organized sexual abuse of children, sometimes as young as 9 years old, had emerged all over Great Britain country now. Unfortunately, the establishment in Britain is still not prepared to prioritize the safety and security of their children over hurt sentiments of certain groups. Why Some Muslim Are Secret Pedophile's "Bacha Bazi" Watching And Having Sex With Children - https://rumble.com/v5jg2tx-why-some-muslim-are-secret-pedophiles-bacha-bazi-watching-and-having-sex-wi.html So Why Some Men And Millions Other Muslim Are Secret Pedophile's Having Sex With Young Boys And Selling Young Girl As Sex Slaves Too. Bacha bāzī (Persian: lit. 'boy play') is a practice in which men (sometimes called bacha baz) buy and keep adolescent boys (sometimes called dancing boys) for entertainment and sex. It is a custom in Afghanistan and in historical Turkestan that has spread all over the Muslim world and often involves sexual slavery and child prostitution and even ritual murder by older men of young adolescent males. According to German ethnographic research, the phenomenon is up to a thousand years old. As far back as the 9th or 10th century, the mountainous regions that are now northern Afghanistan were known for this practice. The practice of pedophilia exists in every country, so it is no surprise that in most Muslim country with such men and a lot of corrupt regime and country, it exists there too. At no time did the author of this piece provide the viewers with a sense of the frequency when compared to other countries or a sense of how often this is a matter of slavery vs. a matter of consent. I am disturbed by this video, but not simply because of its presentation of this terrible practice of sexual slavery, rather in this case because the purpose of this film can only be to discredit all the government of Islam in a manner that will motivate even the hard right. If this was a real exposé on pedophilia the focus would have extended beyond Islam. It is amazing how people can miss the big picture and get off on tangents. We need to remember these are human children that are being taken advantage of. We treat dogs with more respect than these humans. There are people responding here who would rather help some animal than see beyond there selfish and perverted desires and help a defenseless child. Instead of blaming Christian or Muslim religions, why don't we think about these HUMAN children and think of the nightmare they are going through. Whether you are a Catholic priest or a Muslim pedophile who rapes children you are wrong. Being denied the natural use of a woman, or choosing to turn away from the natural affection of the woman, this is where your appetites will end, in perversion! I can't believe the people who try to justify this injustice, by stating history and culture and whatever nonsense they can come up with. This is wrong and perverted and every old kind of filthy, nasty ,reprehensible degradation that can be leveled on an innocent. I wish i was a superhero who could come to the rescue of these innocents, thinking about this too much will make you want to cry! i guess all we can do is pray to God that there will be some justice. Terror Slavery Chronicles & Other Woman Escapes Sexual Slavery Auction - https://rumble.com/v2d58c4-terror-slavery-chronicles-and-other-woman-escapes-sexual-slavery-auction-gr.html So Terror Slavery Groups ISIS and U.S.A. and Others Wide World Groups Now Has Sex Slave Rape and Death Guidelines and Slavery Chronicles and There is maps of underground sex-slave bars in the American. Always fascinated by the concept of human slavery and how it worked. (So far I've have seen over 60,000+ ISIS or Muslim and Others auction-block sex slave ad) How was it own a human and see him/her as just a property. How was it to be owned, right-less by law, being bought and sold side by side to other animals. How was it to be part of a community where, by pure luck mostly, you might own every thing and live as a king without any effort, or you might own nothing even yourself So Here I Imagine a world where slavery became legal again. I write some times as a master/mistress, sometimes as a slave and some times as just an observer. I will even share some posts of interest, and write some true historical excerpts about slavery. Excuse my English, I am not a native speaker P.S. It is pure fantasy Just when you thought ISIS couldn’t get any worse, they have now put out guidelines for how to rape your sex slaves. "Islamic State theologians have issued an extremely detailed ruling on when "owners" of women enslaved by the extremist group can have sex with them, in an apparent bid to curb what they called violations in the treatment of captured females. Originally A Sufi War Dance ? - So US Rep. Ilhan Omar Say This Is True Freedom Of Religion With Sharia Law In America - https://rumble.com/v463jd3-rep.-ilhan-omar-say-this-is-true-freedom-of-religion-with-one-nation-under-.html Wow, I don't know how people can do this to children. It is depressing that this is not just happening in this region of the world but it is virtually part of every culture. Something has to be done and while I agree that this is in part caused by the oppression of women, I would disagree. These people are just sick, because even in Western culture this takes place. It is just more subtle and in the shadows of our society. UK Grooming Gangs How Minor Girls As Young As 9 Yrs. Old Were Groomed, Raped, Beaten, And Killed By Muslim Predators Across Cities As Authorities Turned A blind Eye ! UK grooming gangs are working full time with tens of thousands minor girls as young as 9 ears old were groomed, raped, beaten, and killed ? be-heading by millions Muslim predators across thousands cities all over the world as authorities turned a blind eye to everything now. Islam is Not a Religion of Peace or The Truth About Islamophobia and Sharia Laws - https://rumble.com/v2gegm4-islam-is-not-a-religion-of-peace-or-the-truth-about-islamophobia-and-sharia.html https://web.archive.org/web/20150703113256/http://www.thereligionofpeace.com/quran/023-violence.htm The day of Ashura is marked by Muslims as a whole, but for Shia Muslims it is a major religious commemoration of the martyrdom at Karbala of Hussein, a grandson of the Prophet Muhammad. It falls on the 10th of Muharram, the first month of the Islamic lunar calendar. It is marked by Muslims with a voluntary day of fasting which commemorates the day Noah left the Ark, and the day that Moses was saved from the Egyptians by God. For Shia Muslims, Ashura is a solemn day of mourning the martyrdom of Hussein in 680 AD at Karbala in modern-day Iraq. It is marked with mourning rituals and passion plays re-enacting the martyrdom. Shia men and women dressed in black also parade through the streets slapping their chests and chanting. Some Shia men seek to emulate the suffering of Hussein by flagellating themselves with chains or cutting their foreheads until blood streams from their bodies. Some Shia leaders and groups discourage the bloodletting, saying it creates a backward and negative image of Shia Muslims. Such leaders encourage people to donate blood. Islamic schism The killing of Hussein was an event that led to the split in Islam into two main sects - Sunnis and Shias. In early Islamic history the Shia were a political faction (known as the "party of Ali") that supported Ali, son-in-law of the Prophet Muhammad and the fourth caliph (temporal and spiritual ruler) of the Muslim community. The great schism between Sunnis and Shias occurred when Imam Ali did not succeed as leader of the Islamic community at the death of the Prophet. Ali was murdered in AD 661 and his chief opponent Muawiya became caliph. Caliph Muawiya was later succeeded by his son Yazid, but Ali's son Hussein refused to accept his legitimacy and fighting between the two resulted. Hussein and his followers were massacred in battle at Karbala. Both Ali's and Hussein's deaths gave rise to the Shia cult of martyrdom and to their sense of betrayal and struggle against injustice, oppression and tyranny. Today, Shias Comprise About 18% Of The Total Worldwide 1.8 Billion Muslim Population. https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3287819/Spilling-blood-religion-Tiny-Shi-ite-Muslim-boys-whip-sharp-blades-mourn-death-Prophet-Muhammad-s-grandson.html Spilling blood for their religion Shi'ite Muslim men and boys whip themselves with sharp blades to mourn the death of Prophet Muhammad's grandson. Shi'ite Muslims all over the world have been beating themselves with sharp blades, covering their bodies in mud and lighting bonfires in the streets to mourn the death of the Prophet Muhammad's grandson today. Photographs from Delhi, India, showed shockingly young boys lashing their own backs with small knives and chains. Thousands of men performed the same brutal practice in Lebanon, Bangladesh, Iraq, Pakistan and Myanmar and even Athens, Greece. The bloody rituals were part of the holy Day of Ashura, when Shi'ite Muslims remember the death of Imam Hussein at the Battle of Karbala in 680 AD. Shi'ite devotees wiped the tears from their eyes as the listened to the accounts of Hussein's death under the golden dome of Imam Hussein's mausoleum in Karbala, Iraq. Thousands of Muslims from neighbouring Iran visit the shrine, which lies around 50 miles from the capital Baghdad, every year. Millions across the globe, from Lebanon to south-east Asia, hold processions in their home towns and take part in a variety of rituals. Some beat their backs to a drumbeat using chains or blades, while others beat their heads with a sword until blood drenches their faces and white 'mourning robes'. Karbala and other cities hosted reenactments of what Shi'ites refer to as Hussein's martyrdom, complete with horseback warriors and the annual 'mud rubbing' ceremony took place in Khorramabad, southern Iran. Hundreds of men and women jumped into vats of wet mud before standing by huge bonfires lit in the middle of the streets to dry it on their skin and clothes. 'Mud Rubbing' is a traditional ceremony that is held in the city of Khorramabad every year to commemorate the Ashura day. The Day of Ashura - which is the tenth day of the 'mourning month' of Muharram has been marred by attacks targetting Shi'ite Muslims in the past and Iraq deployed tens of thousands of security forces across the country this year. Qais Khalaf Rahima, a senior army commander, said yesterday: 'Our forces have set up a security plan that includes more than 20,000 members of the security forces.' They formed three concentric security rings around Karbala, banned traffic in the city centre three days ago and used special explosive detection equipment. The measures were aimed at reducing the risk of suicide bomb attacks by ISIS, who claim to be a Sunni group although governments of the world have rejected that they represent Islam. The holy day of Ashura was marred by attacks in Pakistan and Bangladesh but unfolded peacefully in southern Iraq, where last year's security fears have given way to political grievances. https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/9898973/ashura-festival-blood-devout-muslims-knives-heads/ Is there a reason for there being more mosques then churches in the United Kingdom ? The UK and most Western countries are heading towards atheism or agnosticism. Christianism is fading out. Islam is growing to become the first religion in various European countries. The bottom line will probably look like 80% atheist/agnostic, 15% Muslim, 5% Christian. One has to account for falling demographics along with loss of faith amongst immigrants. So no matter what the alarmists may say, European countries are unlikely to become majority Muslim albeit an increased influence. Muslims are generally more engaged with their religion than Christians, which makes them more visible. That said, historical Churches are numerous and exist in every village and town. Massive urbanization in the last century has not been followed by Church building due to the influence of atheistic ideologies. As a result, Churches in provincial towns and villages are mostly empty or mostly attract old people. Nearly every village in the UK has it’s own church and you can tell by their design when they were built. Many date from Saxon times. The church used to be the centre of the community where people met for mass at least once a day. The followers of Islam will have to engage on a massive building project to build more mosques than the current number of Christian churches in the UK. As a Christian I have to agree with much of Sherif’s answer. The mosque is very much the centre of the Islamic community and includes a diverse sphere of activities other than the prayer hall. There are kitchens to feed the community and their guests. There are libraries where religious texts from the three Abrahamic religions can be studied. Similar functions are undertaken in Christian churches . I’m afraid my knowledge of the functions of Jewish churches is limited so it would be wrong to comment. However what little I do know tends to suggest a similar function It’s always a source of sorrow to me that essentially Judasim, Islam, and Christianity stem from the same source and yet decide to fight each other. It’s a little like the members of the same family having a long running fued that cannot be resolved. I think you must be getting confused. It may be that you have heard that there are more new mosques than churches. This could be true because the vast majority of our churches are old. Many of them are hundreds of years old. Some of them are 1000 years old. We already have so many churches that are perfectly good that we don't need to build any more. I actually went in three different ones yesterday and I can assure you that they are an integral part of our heritage. In contrast our Muslim community is much smaller and newer and they are building mosques. However there are nowhere near the same number of mosques as there are Christian churches. Estimates suggest that over 20,000 churches have been sold and converted to private homes in the UK. The simplest way to live in a converted church is to wait until a suitable property comes up for sale. I suspect the question comes from a dubious YouTube video that claimed that London has closed 500 churches and opened 423 new mosques. The video has over 180,000 views. The figure for churches closing is based on how many were turned into homes in the capital between 2001 and 2006, rather than how many closed in that time. The best estimates show there was a net increase of around 800 between 2005 and 2015. The video doesn’t reference a time period over which it claims 423 “new” mosques were opened. Using the widest definition of a mosque, there are probably more than the video claims. At the time of writing, there were an estimated 478 in London, but we don’t have details on when each was opened. Some of these mosques have been active for decades, The Fazl mosque (English: The Grace Mosque) also known as The London mosque, is the first purpose-built mosque in London, England. It was opened on 23 October 1926 in Southfields, Wandsworth. Why is it ok for Mosques to be built in the UK when it’s not ok for British churches to be built in their country? Back one or two hundred years ago, Britain had an empire, which included what is now India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. They even decided to call their queen (Victoria) the Empress of India. A lot of those subjects of the British Empire were Muslim, and some of them migrated to Britain both before 1947 (when India and Pakistan got independence) and after. Since Britain has freedom of religion, those Muslim immigrants were allowed to practice Islam, including building their own mosques, just as Christians, Jews, Hindus, Jains, Sikhs and Buddhists are allowed to build their own places of worship. (I’m simplifying a bit: some British Muslims come from other parts of the world, but most do come from India, Pakistan and Bangladesh.) It's not laziness, it's demographics. For the past few decades, white Britons have become less and less religious. When I was in high school, I heard an Anglican clergyman saying the Church of England had been reduced to “hatch, batch and dispatch,” meaning most Englishmen only went to church for an occasional baptism, wedding or funeral. They were only nominal Christians. Today, most English aren't even going through the motions, or even pretending to be Christian. Hence, a lot of Anglican churches are empty, idle and unnecessary. By contrast, Muslim immigrants from India and Pakistan are mostly still observant. They need places of worship, and either build new mosques or take over defunct churches and then turn them into mosques. Rioters carry out violent, racist attacks across several British cities. What happened, and what comes next ? The UK is facing the worst disorder it has seen in more than a decade, after outbreaks of far-right, anti-immigrant violence swept the country. Protests first broke out late last month, after an anti-immigrant misinformation campaign stoked outrage over a stabbing attack that left three children dead in Southport, northern England. Over the weekend crowds of far-right agitators set fire to hotels housing asylum seekers in two cities, leaving those inside trapped and terrified, while throngs of rioters in other cities damaged public buildings and clashed with police, throwing objects at officers and smashing their vehicles. Parliament has been recalled six times in the past decade, according to PA Media, but just once to respond to a live crisis unrelated to the Covid-19 pandemic – the fall of Afghanistan to the Taliban in 2021. https://www.billionbibles.org/sharia/america-sharia-law.html The Quran contains at least 109 verses that speak of war with nonbelievers, usually on the basis of their status as non-Muslims. https://web.archive.org/web/20150703113256/http://www.thereligionofpeace.com/quran/023-violence.htm Some are quite graphic, with commands to chop off heads and fingers and kill infidels wherever they may be hiding. Muslims and Other who do not join the fight are called 'hypocrites' and warned that Allah will send them to Hell if they do not join the slaughter. Islam And The Undeniable Truth - Jihadists and Islamic State Say Death To America ! - https://rumble.com/v2etagq-islam-and-the-undeniable-truth-jihadists-and-islamic-state-say-death-to-ame.html - Undeniable Truth 1400 years of Islam history in a few minutes from Brigitte Gabriel was born in the Marjeyoun District of Lebanon to a Maronite Christian couple, a first and only child after over twenty years of marriage. A Closer Look at Sharia in the United States Do Muslims believe sharia law supersedes the Constitution? See Video's Below Are From This Rumble Channels Oct. 18, 2024. Far-Left Extremist Arrested Death Threats "We'll Murder You" Bakersfield U.S.A. - https://rumble.com/v4px04q-far-left-extremist-arrested-death-threats-well-murder-you-bakersfield-u.s.a.html Illegal Immigrant Invasion U.S.A. Now "Inciting A Riot" & "Death to America" Wow - https://rumble.com/v4pweef-illegal-immigrant-invasion-u.s.a.-now-inciting-a-riot-and-death-to-america-.html Muslims At International Al-Quds Day Rally Protesters Chant “Death to America! - https://rumble.com/v4pqf2t-muslims-at-international-al-quds-day-rally-protesters-chant-death-to-americ.html What Is Hamas And Other Palestinian Militant Groups Struggled To Govern The Gaza Strip Before Launching A Surprise Attack On Israel October 07, 2023. Now Facing Israel’s Military Campaign To Destroy It, Hamas’s Future Is In Doubt, As Is Gaza’s. To See The Whole Picture In This True Story You Need To Watch All Video's Links In This Video's Below For The True History Muslims-Hamas-Israel War Issues. Hamas A Palestinian Militant Groups October 7 2023 Al Jazeera Investigations - https://rumble.com/v4rknvq-hamas-a-palestinian-militant-groups-october-7-2023-al-jazeera-investigation.html Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty 34 Dead 171 Wounded - https://rumble.com/v3op5v1-israel-surprise-attack-on-united-states-navy-ship-uss-liberty-43-dead-171-w.html Surprise Attack On Israel By Jihad Hamas Khilafah Islamic State Not A Religion Peace - https://rumble.com/v3o8bjh-surprise-attack-on-israel-by-jihad-hamas-khilafah-islamic-state-not-a-relig.html Israel Declares War After Surprise Hamas Attack Freedom Fighters Millions 2 Die Soon - https://rumble.com/v3o5uez-israel-declares-war-after-surprise-hamas-attack-freedom-fighters-millions-2.html Israel Surprise Attack On Egypt Only And Later Israel Attack Jordan, Syria, Iraq, Sinai - https://rumble.com/v3oq5lv-israel-surprise-attack-on-egypt-only-and-later-israel-attack-jordan-syria-i.html Jihadists And Islamic State Say Death To Everyone Islam And The Undeniable Truth - https://rumble.com/v3oubcg-jihadists-and-islamic-state-say-death-to-everyone-islam-and-the-undeniable-.html History Canaan, Jerusalem, Crusaders. Ottoman, Palestine, Israel Timeline Documentary - https://rumble.com/v3ptf4r-history-canaan-jerusalem-crusaders.-ottoman-palestine-israel-timeline-docum.html Death To Flintstones-Rubbles, Per DNA Testing, No Jews-Arabs Pure Blood People Left Alive Today - https://rumble.com/v3s13xf-death-to-flintstones-rubbles-per-dna-testing-no-jews-arabs-pure-blood-peopl.html Arab And Israeli 40,000 Years BCE Conflict And DNA History Political Tension, Military Conflicts, And Rape Other Disputes Between God Laws And Various Arab Countries And Israel ? Egyptian Per DNA Testing No Islamic Or Israel Pure Blood Left Alive God Is In Us All ? Sharia Law In The USA And The Application Of All Sharia Law In United States Today - https://rumble.com/v3yzlok-sharia-law-in-the-usa-and-the-application-of-all-sharia-law-in-united-state.html Sharia Law In The USA And Islamic State Sex Slave Victim Tells Of Months Of Abuse - https://rumble.com/v3z0eng-sharia-law-in-the-usa-and-islamic-state-sex-slave-victim-tells-of-months-of.html 6,000,000 Jews Died In WW1 Or Never Existed? Started 18 Years Before Hitler WW2 ? - https://rumble.com/v422qr5-6000000-jews-died-in-ww1-or-never-existed-started-18-years-before-hitler-ww.html So Is It Really A Jews Story Only Or Global Genocide Of Concentration Death Camps - https://rumble.com/v428rin-so-is-it-really-a-jews-story-only-or-global-genocide-of-concentration-death.html History Gulag And Russia Jews Holocaust And U.S.A. Concentration Sex Slave Camps - https://rumble.com/v40ehwk-history-gulag-and-russia-jews-holocaust-and-u.s.a.-concentration-sex-slave-.html Truth About Islam A American Muslims Trail Of Blood & Tears Across World History - https://rumble.com/v464zxc-truth-about-islam-a-american-muslims-trail-of-blood-and-tears-across-world-.html Rep. Ilhan Omar Say 72% American Muslims Want To See Establish Sharia In America - https://rumble.com/v45yg7z-rep.-ilhan-omar-say-72-american-muslims-want-to-see-establish-sharia-in-ame.html Rep. Ilhan Omar Say 72% American Muslims Want To See Establish Sharia Law In America For The People & By The People Slavery & Rape & Be-Heading Is All Part Islamic Law For All Peoples And All Colour Of People Alive Today. Yes Its Called Freedom Of Religion With "One Nation Under Allah". Do Muslims Believe Sharia Law Supersedes The Constitution ? Rep. Ilhan Omar's Muslims Daughter Arrested We Our Hamas "Death to America" - https://rumble.com/v4qia5n-rep.-ilhan-omars-muslims-daughter-arrested-we-our-hamas-death-to-america.html Why Do People Believe In Religion & 10 Reasons Why I Don’t Have A True Religion - https://rumble.com/v3zp1aw-why-do-people-believe-in-religion-and-10-reasons-why-i-dont-have-a-true-rel.html This Is Pure Form Of Evil Earth Congressional Black Caucus & Squad Members U.S.A. - https://rumble.com/v45pbmc-this-is-pure-form-of-evil-earth-congressional-black-caucus-and-squad-member.html Sharia Law In The USA And The Application Of All Sharia Law In United States Today - https://rumble.com/v3yzlok-sharia-law-in-the-usa-and-the-application-of-all-sharia-law-in-united-state.html Sharia Law In The USA And Islamic State Sex Slave Victim Tells Of Months Of Abuse - https://rumble.com/v3z0eng-sharia-law-in-the-usa-and-islamic-state-sex-slave-victim-tells-of-months-of.html Swastika A 6,000 Year Old True Symbols Of Peace In The World Or Now A Hate Symbols - https://rumble.com/v3xavf4-swastika-a-6000-year-old-true-symbols-of-peace-in-the-world-or-now-a-hate-s.html Why Most America Want And Vote For Democratic Socialism Vs. Communism in USA - https://rumble.com/v3w9mdh-why-most-america-want-and-vote-for-democratic-socialism-vs.-communism-in-us.html Pope's Audience Hall Is A Snake Head Revelation 20:2 Satan Is Bound Thousand Years - https://rumble.com/v3pizvl-popes-audience-hall-is-a-snake-head-revelation-202-satan-is-bound-thousand-.html Does Islam Allow The Exploitation, Beheading, And Rape Of Female Prisoners of War - https://rumble.com/v3p319b-does-islam-allow-the-exploitation-beheading-and-rape-of-female-prisoners-of.html Does Islam Allow The Exploitation, Rape Children, Female Prisoners of War Part Two - https://rumble.com/v3p5knb-does-islam-allow-the-exploitation-rape-children-female-prisoners-of-war-par.html 1,000s Top Islamic State Clerics Secret Pedophile Sex Trade Pleasure Marriages Death - https://rumble.com/v3palma-1000s-top-islamic-state-clerics-secret-pedophile-sex-trade-pleasure-marriag.html Both Side Issues Exposed Islamic State Clerics Secret Sex Trade Pleasure Marriages - https://rumble.com/v3pc2vu-both-side-issues-exposed-islamic-state-clerics-secret-sex-trade-pleasure-ma.html Jihadists And Islamic State Say Death To Everyone Islam And The Undeniable Truth - https://rumble.com/v3oubcg-jihadists-and-islamic-state-say-death-to-everyone-islam-and-the-undeniable-.html Sex Slave 4 Sale Remember Men Buy, Sell, Or Trade, Rape Illegals Arrive Ghost Flights - https://rumble.com/v3lnmc5-sex-slave-4-sale-remember-men-buy-sell-or-trade-rape-illegals-arrive-ghost-.html Exposing Real History Of The Nation Of Islam & Is Not Religion Of Peace And Justice - https://rumble.com/v31q4wk-exposing-real-history-of-the-nation-of-islam-and-is-not-religion-of-peace-a.html Left-Wing Vs. Right-Wing Ideologies Are Two Political Extremities Stop Killing People - https://rumble.com/v2z2uo2-left-wing-vs.-right-wing-ideologies-are-two-political-extremities-stop-kill.html WoW This Looks Fun Lady's Keyhole Top Surgery For Female to Male Transgender -- https://rumble.com/v2zsoao-wow-this-looks-fun-ladys-keyhole-top-surgery-for-female-to-male-transgender.html Child Male-To-Female Gender Affirmation Total Laparoscopic Sigmoid Vaginoplasty - https://rumble.com/v2vleqr-child-male-to-female-gender-affirmation-total-laparoscopic-sigmoid-vaginopl.html UN Report Calls For Decriminalization Of Sex Between Adults/Children Age 8+Up ? - https://rumble.com/v2qo62c-un-report-calls-for-decriminalization-of-sex-between-adultschildren-age-8-u.html Muhammad Married A 9-Year-Old Lady Ayesha Because Messenger of God Said So - https://rumble.com/v2q351m-muhammad-married-a-9-year-old-lady-ayesha-because-messenger-of-god-said-so.html Secrets Meeting Biden Said New U.S.A. Laws Coming Age of Consent Is To Be 8 Yrs. Old - https://rumble.com/v2j9os4-secrets-meeting-biden-said-new-u.s.a.-laws-coming-age-of-consent-is-to-be-8.html Islamic Transgender Muslims In Pakistan Frequently Asked Questions Transgender People - https://rumble.com/v2icdks-islamic-transgender-muslims-in-pakistan-frequently-asked-questions-transgen.html American Muslims Facts vs. Fiction vs. Islamic Militant Organization vs, Sharia Law ? - https://rumble.com/v2hjdr8-american-muslims-facts-vs.-fiction-vs.-islamic-militant-organization-vs-sha.html New Mandate Law To Force All U.S.A. Female To Get Sex Genital Mutilation Survivors - https://rumble.com/v2hjog8-new-mandate-law-to-force-all-u.s.a.-female-to-get-sex-genital-mutilation-su.html Why Do Far-Right Groups Burn The Quran or Is Quran Hate Propaganda Question - https://rumble.com/v2geyke-why-do-far-right-groups-burn-the-quran-or-is-quran-hate-propaganda-question.html This Land is Mine with English Subtitles and Years Killed or War Dates Very Cute One - https://rumble.com/v298918-this-land-is-mine-with-english-subtitles-and-years-killed-or-war-dates-very.html Truth About Muslim Life Americastan Under Islamic And Sharia Laws - Title For More Info. at: - https://www.fiqhly.com/p/sitemap.html We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone Who Watch Our 1078 Video's To Help Other In 2026.

Real Truth About Wreckage Of Flight 93 These Intact Objects Were Found Intact Up To 100 Feet Deep? Flight attendant Lorraine Bay's logbook 22 feet deep underground was among the objects recovered from the wreckage of hijacked Flight 93 in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. But No luggage, no big parts, no bodies. Take a look at any other wreckage site, there's is always big parts scattered around. I don't think this is or was flight 93 Where are the black boxes ? Paper survives but titanium engines don’t? Come on people wake up... notice how everything is small enough to be placed by hand and also a notebook survived but the black box didn't? Something doesn't add up to me? Why do photographs of the scene show no airplane? No engines or other heavy metal parts etc. The entire plane became dirt when it hit the ground? Missing Planes on 9/11-2001 The September 11 attacks involved the hijacking of four commercial passenger aircraft, all of which were ultimately crashed. There were no planes missing after the attacks; all four were accounted for as they were deliberately flown into their targets. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high-jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. The hijacked planes were American Airlines Flight 11, United Airlines Flight 175, American Airlines Flight 77, and United Airlines Flight 93. Each plane was intercepted and crashed as part of the coordinated terrorist attacks. American Airlines Flight 11: So 81 passengers and 11 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the North Tower of the World Trade Center at 8 a.m. United Airlines Flight 175: So 56 passengers and 9 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the South Tower of the World Trade Center at 9 a.m. American Airlines Flight 77: So 58 passengers and 6 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the Pentagon at 9 a.m. United Airlines Flight 93: So 37 passengers and 7 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into a field near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, at 10 a.m. So after passengers attempted to regain control of the plane. All four planes were destroyed in the attacks by our own government, with no survivors bodies' found and no suite case's found, no wreckage found, no plane's found... Ever? P.S. the real truth is U.S. Government landed all 4 planes at a air force base and killed ever passengers on Flight 11, 175, 77, and 93 on the ground after landing the planes our own U.S. Government Will Kill You. On the morning of September 11, 2001, the deadliest terrorist attack in U.S. history took place when four commercial airliners were hijacked by members of the Islamic extremist group al Qaeda. The first two planes, American Airlines Flight 11 and United Airlines Flight 175, were flown into the two towers of the World Trade Center in New York City. A third plane, American Airlines Flight 77, hit the western side of the Pentagon, just outside Washington, D.C. The fourth hijacked plane, United Airlines Flight 93, crashed down in a field in rural Pennsylvania, never reaching its intended target because its crew and passengers fought back against the terrorists. Nearly 3,000 people lost their lives during the 9/11 attacks, a number that would almost certainly have been significantly higher if not for the actions of those aboard Flight 93. September 11 Attacks on New York and Washington, D.C. At 8:46 a.m. on September 11, 2001, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with 20,000 gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World Trade Center in New York City, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping many more on the building’s higher floors. Eighteen minutes later, a second Boeing 767 appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward the World Trade Center and sliced into the south tower. As millions watched the events unfolding in New York in horror, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C. and slammed into the west side of the Pentagon military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Less than 15 minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the situation in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m. the north tower also gave way. Faced with the knowledge that the United States was under attack, the nation’s air traffic controllers began a frantic attempt to wrest back control of America’s skies. Flight 93 Comes Under Attack United Airlines Flight 93, a regularly scheduled early-morning nonstop flight from Newark, New Jersey, to San Francisco, California, departed at 8:42 a.m., just minutes before the first hijacked plane struck the World Trade Center. The flight’s takeoff had been delayed for nearly 45 minutes due to air traffic at Newark International Airport. The plane carried seven crew-members and 33 passengers, less than half its maximum capacity. Also on the flight were four hijackers who had successfully boarded the plane with knives and box cutters. The plane’s late departure had disrupted the terrorists’ timeline for launching their attack; unlike the hijackers on the other three planes, they did not attempt to gain control of the aircraft until nearly 40 minutes into the flight. Meanwhile, Ed Ballinger, a flight dispatcher for United Airlines, was taking steps to warn flights of possible cockpit intrusions. At 9:19 a.m. Ballinger informed pilots of the attacks on the World Trade Center; Flight 93 received his transmission at 9:23 a.m.. Captain Jason Dahl responded at 9:26 a.m. to request clarification. At roughly 9:28 a.m. the terrorists successfully infiltrated the plane’s cockpit, and air traffic controllers heard what they believed to be two mayday calls amid sounds of a struggle. At 9:32 a.m. a hijacker, later identified as Ziad Jarrah, a trained pilot, was heard over the flight data recorder, directing the passengers to sit down and stating that there was a bomb aboard the plane. The flight data recorder also shows that Jarrah reset the autopilot, turning the plane around to head back east. Flight 93's Passengers Fight Back Huddled in the back of the plane, the passengers and crew of Flight 93 made a series of calls on their cell phones and the in-flight Airfones, informing family members and officials on the ground of the plane’s hijacking. When they learned the fate of the three other hijacked flights in New York City and Washington, D.C., the passengers realized that their plane was involved in a larger terrorist plot and would likely be used to carry out further attacks on U.S. soil. After a brief discussion, a vote was taken and the passengers decided to fight back against their hijackers, informing several people on the ground of their plans. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his wife over the phone, “I know we’re all going to die. There’s three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey.” Another passenger, Todd Beamer, was heard over an open line saying, “Are you guys ready? Let’s roll.” Sandy Bradshaw, a flight attendant, called her husband and explained that she had slipped into a galley and was filling pitchers with boiling water. Her last words to him were: “Everyone’s running to first class. I’ve got to go. Bye.” There was a lot of fireproof paper that day. I’ve always been curious how they had cell service 8,000 feet in the air. Whenever I fly now, even removing Airplane mode at 4,000 feet and landing doesn’t receive anything. So the paper survived but the plane disappeared totally... The Boeing 757-222 is a variant of the Boeing 757-200 series, a mid-size, narrow-body twin-engine jet airliner designed and built by Boeing Commercial Airplanes. The "222" designation indicates a 757-200 model built for United Airlines, as the customer code "22" was assigned to the airline. This aircraft is powered by Pratt & Whitney PW2037 turbofan engines, which produce between 36,600 and 43,500 lbf (163–193 kN) of thrust, and has a maximum takeoff weight (MTOW) of 255,000 to 273,000 lb (116–124 t). It features a supercritical wing design to reduce aerodynamic drag and a conventional tail, with a two-crew glass cockpit that shares a common type rating with the Boeing 767, allowing pilots to operate both aircraft with a single certification. The 757-200, including the 757-222 variant, has a fuselage length of 155 ft (47.3 m) and typically seats 200 passengers in a two-class configuration, with a range of up to 3,915 nautical miles (7,250 km; 4,505 mi). The 757-222 was produced from 1981 to 2004, with a total of 913 757-200 models built, making it the most popular variant of the 757 series. United Airlines operated several 757-222 aircraft, including the one involved in the September 11, 2001, hijacking of United Airlines Flight 93, which had the registration N591UA and was delivered in 1996. Other 757-222 aircraft operated by United Airlines have been photographed at various U.S. airports, including Chicago O'Hare and Los Angeles International. At 9:57 a.m. the passengers and crew members aboard Flight 93 began their counterattack, as recorded by the cockpit voice recorder. In response, the hijacker piloting the plane began to roll the aircraft, pitching it up and down to throw the charging passengers off balance. Worried that the passengers would soon break through to the cockpit, the hijackers made the decision to crash the plane before reaching their final destination. At 10:02 a.m. a voice was recorded saying, “Yes, put it in it, and pull it down.” The airplane then rolled onto its back and plowed into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania, at 580 miles per hour. Flight 93’s intended target is not definitively known, but it is believed that the hijackers were targeting the White House, the U.S. Capitol, the Camp David presidential retreat in Maryland or several nuclear power plants along the Eastern seaboard. The passengers who fought back are credited with averting more deaths on 9/11. Flight 93: The Shanksville Crash Site The fireball from the plane, which was carrying 7,000 gallons of fuel, scorched hundreds of acres of earth and set the surrounding trees ablaze for hours. The crash site in Somerset County, Pennsylvania, near the town of Shansksville, was littered with the wreckage from the fragmented plane, with a debris field scattered nearly eight miles away from the initial point of impact. Despite the devastation, investigators were able to recover both the plane’s flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black box, which was found burrowed more than 25 feet below ground. Though few human remains were recovered at the site, medical examiners were eventually able to positively identify the 33 passengers, seven crew-members and four hijackers aboard Flight 93. The youngest passenger of Flight 93 was 20-year-old Deora Frances Bodley. Remembering Flight 93 In the weeks following the September 11 attacks, temporary memorials to the victims of United Flight 93 were erected at the Pennsylvania crash site and elsewhere, and in 2002 Congress established the Flight 93 National Memorial to create a permanent tribute to the plane’s passengers and crew. The first phase of the memorial was completed in time for the 10th anniversary of the terrorist attacks in September 2011. Administered by the National Park Service and encompassing more than 2,220 acres, the memorial includes a visitor center; walking paths including the 40 Memorial Groves; and The Tower of Voices, a 93-foot tower with a wind chime representing each person who perished on board. Visitors can walk through Memorial Plaza to the Wall of Names, where the names of every passenger of Flight 93 are recorded, before proceeding to the crash site itself, known as “Sacred Ground,” the final resting place of the heroes of Flight 93. So every single body disintegrated because of the intense heat of the jet fuel and explosion including both rolls royce airplane engines as well as the entire airplane so that all you see is fragments of what was an airplane, yet somehow this ladies flight manual happens to survive all of this. If you believe this story, I have a few bridges I'd like to show you at a discounted rate. I was watching a documentary where Ex-Flight Attendant Rebekah Roth said that all flight phones had been decommissioned for American Airlines planes and that a mobile phone could not work at a certain altitude so she questioned the validity of the calls made from the planes. Yeah, I don't buy that the plane tunneled into the "soft" soil of Pennsylvania. I live in Pennsylvania. The soil is not soft. It isn't loam. It's clay and fieldstone. Even if the place was recently strip mined, the clay settles like cement after a rain. There should have been pieces of that jet all over the place. not one person was held accountable for failing to protect the nation, not one. Many were promoted or retired though with pay upgrades. The first thing the bush administration did was send out lawyers to anyone who was a victim or family member was injured or killed to offer them $200,000 if they promise not to sue or question authorities about how this happened. That makes sense. solid steel, nickle, and titanium alloys in the engines. Including half ton center core of the engine which is a solid steel alloy spindle. where is it. it cannot turn into vapor, where are the parts. and why is the hole smaller than the width of the planes wingspan. What is the small trench before the crater, this would tend one to believe that this is where the plane entered. Why did the only witness say this was not a large object but about the width of her van and was moving 50-100 feet above her when she was driving, moving with parallel to the ground, not coming straight down. Where is the plane? Another thing funny how their is no video of the crash site after it supposedly hit the ground but on 9/11/01 their was news coverage. So why are all the videos gone??? How come there's no large debris around the crash site? And no bodies found?! Where's the debris?? If you look at other plane crash sites, you'll see there are larger pieces of debris, such as well as engines, wings, parts of the fuselage, and sadly, bodies, etc.! Sorry, I'm not buying that it was a jet that crashed at the PA site. Remember Lockerbie ? Panam fell 30,000 ft after the explosion and the fuselage cockpit and tail section were all seperated but all plain to see. Smithsonian shame on you. And yet a flight log was found ! How credible is that. One aircraft has about six million individual parts with serial numbers. Double that now for two airplanes. This was all that remained ? There would have been people still finding pieces when they swept up leaves . or guys repairing a leaking roof near that old disaster site. That's my opinion as a Mechanic with over thirty five yrs. experience and expert at how parts behave upon failure . Everything would survive that except for tires and anything fabric , plastic , paper , etc.. anything that can melt disintegrate or burn might not ovoid complete destruction. You don't have to be a rocket scientist to see the real footage and their was nothing left of flight 93. I'm sorry but their is no way a cardboard box survived that crash ( shot down by the military ) the jet fuel alone would of disincarnated everything... So no plane wreckage but a handbook is perfect intact. Hmmn "No airplane fuel contaminated soil" We all know the official stories are lies. What really happened to the people of flight 93 what horror befell those innocent people? I hope the perpetrators of this event know whats waiting for them when they leave "This World" All four planes were destroyed in the attacks by our own government, with no survivors bodies' found and no suite case's found, no wreckage found, no plane's found... ever #4 P.S. the real truth is U.S. Government landed all 4 planes at a air force base and killed ever passengers on Flight 11, 175, 77, and 93 on the ground after landing the planes our own U.S. Government Will Kill You. Real Truth That On 9/11 Proof That No Boeing 757-200 Planes Never Hit The Pentagon. No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat -https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available.

Real Truth That On 9/11 Proof That No Boeing 757 Planes Never Hit The Pentagon. No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone In 2025!

The Israeli Prime Minister, has vowed to take “mighty vengeance” after formally declaring war against Hamas Palestinian Islamic Jihad, Hamas, Khilafah, Islamic State, Not A Religion Peace was founded with the aim of establishing the new Palestinian state in the occupied West Bank, Gaza and other areas of what is now Israel. While it does not have as long-range rockets as Hamas – the group that governs Gaza, PIJ does have a significant arsenal of small arms, mortars, rockets and anti-tank missiles, and an active armed wing called the al-Quds Brigades. “Islamic Jihad is known to oppose the peace process and the negotiation approach with Israel. It adopts an armed struggle against the Israeli occupation like Hamas. Islamic Jihad is a very close ally with Iran. Because of the links to Iran, we are seeing one of the causes of Israel’s attack,” Ibrahim Fraihat from the Doha Institute told Al Jazeera. 1,000+ Dead Now Islam is or is not a religion of peace ? Anyone who still think or claims this in 2023 is either right or wrong or do not know or smart or stupid or lying or ? Does the Quran... really contain over a hundred verses that sanction violence ? Yes or No and the Bible... Two Yes or No - So i do not like to see anyone killed today or ever ! Thanks - in Hong Kong, China for years now i have seen 10,000 of video's and photos from all over the world... killing, rape, be-heading, sex with child as young as 8 yrs old and sex with be-head woman by all race's and colour's of people. ISIS or Islam or Arabs or Japan and China Too. This is all very sad to me. The Quran contains at least 109 verses that speak of war with nonbelievers, usually on the basis of their status as non-Muslims. Some are quite graphic, with commands to chop off heads and fingers and kill infidels wherever they may be hiding. Muslims and Other who do not join the fight are called 'hypocrites' and warned that Allah will send them to Hell if they do not join the slaughter. Like or Unlike nearly all of the Old Testament are open-ended verses of violence, most verses of violence in the Quran are open-ended, meaning that they are not necessarily restrained by historical context contained in the surrounding text (although many Muslims choose to think of them that way). They are part of the eternal, unchanging word of Allah, and just as relevant or subject to interpretation as anything else in the Quran. The context of violent passages is more ambiguous than might be expected of a perfect book from a loving God. Most contemporary Muslims exercise a personal choice to interpret their holy book's call to arms according to their own moral preconceptions about justifiable violence. Islam's apologists cater to these preferences with tenuous arguments that gloss over historical fact and generally don't stand up to scrutiny. Still, it is important to note that the problem is not bad people, but bad ideology. Unfortunately, there are very few verses of tolerance and peace to balance out those calling for nonbelievers to be fought and subdued until they either accept humiliation, convert to Islam, or are killed. Muhammad's own martial legacy, along with the remarkable emphasis on violence found in the Quran, have produced a trail of blood and tears across world history. Quran (2:244) - "Then fight in the cause of Allah, and know that Allah Heareth and knoweth all things." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (2:216) - "Fighting is prescribed for you, and ye dislike it. But it is possible that ye dislike a thing which is good for you, and that ye love a thing which is bad for you. But Allah knoweth, and ye know not." Not only does this verse establish that violence can be virtuous, but it also contradicts the myth that fighting is intended only in self-defense, since the audience was obviously not under attack at the time. From the Hadith, we know that this verse was narrated at a time that Muhammad was actually trying to motivate his people into raiding merchant caravans for loot. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (3:56) - "As to those who reject faith, I will punish them with terrible agony in this world and in the Hereafter, nor will they have anyone to help." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (3:151) - "Soon shall We cast terror into the hearts of the Unbelievers, for that they joined companions with Allah, for which He had sent no authority". This speaks directly of polytheists, yet it also includes Christians, since they believe in the Trinity (ie. what Muhammad incorrectly believed to be 'joining companions to Allah'). (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (4:74) - "Let those fight in the way of Allah who sell the life of this world for the other. Whoso fighteth in the way of Allah, be he slain or be he victorious, on him We shall bestow a vast reward." The martyrs of Islam are unlike the early Christians, who were led meekly to the slaughter. These Muslims are killed in battle as they attempt to inflict death and destruction for the cause of Allah. This is the theological basis for today's suicide bombers. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (4:76) - "Those who believe fight in the cause of Allah, and those who disbelieve, fight in the cause of Taghut (Satan, etc.). So fight you against the friends of Shaitan (Satan)" The Arabic for the word "fight" is from qital, meaning physical combat. Quran (4:89) - "They but wish that ye should reject Faith, as they do, and thus be on the same footing (as they): But take not friends from their ranks until they flee in the way of Allah (From what is forbidden). But if they turn renegades, seize them and slay them wherever ye find them; and (in any case) take no friends or helpers from their ranks." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (4:95) - "Not equal are those of the believers who sit (at home), except those who are disabled (by injury or are blind or lame, etc.), and those who strive hard and fight in the Cause of Allah with their wealth and their lives. Allah has preferred in grades those who strive hard and fight with their wealth and their lives above those who sit (at home).Unto each, Allah has promised good (Paradise), but Allah has preferred those who strive hard and fight, above those who sit (at home) by a huge reward " This passage criticizes "peaceful" Muslims who do not join in the violence, letting them know that they are less worthy in Allah's eyes. It also demolishes the modern myth that "Jihad" doesn't mean holy war in the Quran, but rather a spiritual struggle. Not only is this Arabic word (mujahiduna) used in this passage, but it is clearly not referring to anything spiritual, since the physically disabled are given exemption. (The Hadith reveals the context of the passage to be in response to a blind man's protest that he is unable to engage in Jihad, which would not make sense if it meant an internal struggle). (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (4:101) - "And when you (Muslims) travel in the land, there is no sin on you if you shorten your Salat (prayer) if you fear that the disbelievers may attack you, verily, the disbelievers are ever unto you open enemies." Mere disbelief makes one an "open" enemy of Muslims. Quran (4:104) - "And be not weak hearted in pursuit of the enemy; if you suffer pain, then surely they (too) suffer pain as you suffer pain..." Is pursuing an injured and retreating enemy really an act of self-defense? (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (5:33) - "The punishment of those who wage war against Allah and His messenger and strive to make mischief in the land is only this, that they should be murdered or crucified or their hands and their feet should be cut off on opposite sides or they should be imprisoned; this shall be as a disgrace for them in this world, and in the hereafter they shall have a grievous chastisement" (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (8:12) - "(Remember) when your Lord inspired the angels... "I will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve. Therefore strike off their heads and strike off every fingertip of them" No reasonable person would interpret this to mean a spiritual struggle, given that it both followed and preceded confrontations in which non-Muslims were killed by Muslims. The targets of violence are "those who disbelieve" - further defined in the next verse (13) as those who "defy and disobey Allah." Nothing is said about self-defense. In fact, the verses in sura 8 were narrated shortly after a battle provoked by Muhammad, who had been trying to attack a lightly-armed caravan to steal goods belonging to other people. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (8:15) - "O ye who believe! When ye meet those who disbelieve in battle, turn not your backs to them. (16)Whoso on that day turneth his back to them, unless maneuvering for battle or intent to join a company, he truly hath incurred wrath from Allah, and his habitation will be hell, a hapless journey's end." Quran (8:39) - "And fight with them until there is no more fitna (disorder, unbelief) and religion is all for Allah" Some translations interpret "fitna" as "persecution", but the traditional understanding of this word is not supported by the historical context (See notes for 2:193). The Meccans were simply refusing Muhammad access to their city during the pilgrimage. Other Muslims were allowed to travel there - but not as an armed group, since Muhammad had declared war on Mecca prior to his eviction. The Meccans were also acting in defense of their religion, as it was Muhammad's intention to destroy their idols and establish Islam by force (which he later did). Hence the critical part of this verse is to fight until "religion is only for Allah", meaning that the true justification of violence was the unbelief of the opposition. According to the Sira (Ibn Ishaq/Hisham 324) Muhammad further explains that "Allah must have no rivals." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (8:57) - "If thou comest on them in the war, deal with them so as to strike fear in those who are behind them, that haply they may remember." Quran (8:67) - "It is not for a Prophet that he should have prisoners of war until he had made a great slaughter in the land..." Quran (8:59-60) - "And let not those who disbelieve suppose that they can outstrip (Allah's Purpose). Lo! they cannot escape. Make ready for them all thou canst of (armed) force and of horses tethered, that thereby ye may dismay the enemy of Allah and your enemy." As Ibn Kathir puts it in his tafsir on this passage, "Allah commands Muslims to prepare for war against disbelievers, as much as possible, according to affordability and availability." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (8:65) - "O Prophet, exhort the believers to fight..." Quran (9:5) - "So when the sacred months have passed away, then slay the idolaters wherever you find them, and take them captive and besiege them and lie in wait for them in every ambush, then if they repent and keep up prayer and pay the poor-rate, leave their way free to them." According to this verse, the best way of staying safe from Muslim violence at the time of Muhammad was to convert to Islam: prayer (salat) and the poor tax (zakat) are among the religion's Five Pillars. The popular claim that the Quran only inspires violence within the context of self-defense is seriously challenged by this passage as well, since the Muslims to whom it was written were obviously not under attack. Had they been, then there would have been no waiting period (earlier verses make it a duty for Muslims to fight in self-defense, even during the sacred months). The historical context is Mecca after the idolaters were subjugated by Muhammad and posed no threat. Once the Muslims had power, they violently evicted those unbelievers who would not convert. (See also: Response to Apologists) [Note: The verse says to fight unbelievers "wherever you find them". Even if the context is a time of battle (which it was not) the reading appears to sanction attacks against those "unbelievers" who are not on the battlefield. In 2016, the Islamic State referred to this verse in urging the faithful to commit terror attacks: Allah did not only command the 'fighting' of disbelievers, as if to say He only wants us to conduct frontline operations against them. Rather, He has also ordered that they be slain wherever they may be – on or off the battlefield. (source)] Quran (9:14) - "Fight against them so that Allah will punish them by your hands and disgrace them and give you victory over them and heal the breasts of a believing people." Humiliating and hurting non-believers not only has the blessing of Allah, but it is ordered as a means of carrying out his punishment and even "heals" the hearts of Muslims. Quran (9:20) - "Those who believe, and have left their homes and striven with their wealth and their lives in Allah's way are of much greater worth in Allah's sight. These are they who are triumphant." The Arabic word interpreted as "striving" in this verse is the same root as "Jihad". The context is obviously holy war. Quran (9:29) - "Fight those who believe not in Allah nor the Last Day, nor hold that forbidden which hath been forbidden by Allah and His Messenger, nor acknowledge the religion of Truth, (even if they are) of the People of the Book, until they pay the Jizya with willing submission, and feel themselves subdued." "People of the Book" refers to Christians and Jews. According to this verse, they are to be violently subjugated, with the sole justification being their religious status. Verse 9:33 tells Muslims that Allah has instructed them to make Islam "superior over all religions." This chapter was one of the final "revelations" from Allah and it set in motion the tenacious military expansion, in which Muhammad's companions managed to conquer two-thirds of the Christian world in the next 100 years. Islam is intended to dominate all other people and faiths. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:30) - "And the Jews say: Ezra is the son of Allah; and the Christians say: The Messiah is the son of Allah; these are the words of their mouths; they imitate the saying of those who disbelieved before; may Allah destroy them; how they are turned away!" (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:38-39) - "O ye who believe! what is the matter with you, that, when ye are asked to go forth in the cause of Allah, ye cling heavily to the earth? Do ye prefer the life of this world to the Hereafter? But little is the comfort of this life, as compared with the Hereafter. Unless ye go forth, He will punish you with a grievous penalty, and put others in your place." This is a warning to those who refuse to fight, that they will be punished with Hell. The verse also links physical fighting to the "cause of Allah" (or "way of Allah"). (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:41) - "Go forth, light or heavy (some translations read "armed") and strive with your wealth and your lives in the way of Allah! That is best for you if ye but knew." See also the verse that follows (9:42) - "If there had been immediate gain (in sight), and the journey easy, they would (all) without doubt have followed thee, but the distance was long, (and weighed) on them" This contradicts the myth that Muslims are to fight only in self-defense, since the wording implies that battle will be waged a long distance from home (in another country and - in this case - on Christian soil, according to the historians). (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:73) - "O Prophet! strive hard against the unbelievers and the hypocrites and be unyielding to them; and their abode is hell, and evil is the destination." Dehumanizing those who reject Islam, by reminding Muslims that unbelievers are merely firewood for Hell, makes it easier to justify slaughter. It explains why today's devout Muslims generally have little regard for those outside the faith. The inclusion of "hypocrites" (non-practicing) within the verse also contradicts the apologist's defense that the targets of hate and hostility are wartime foes, since there was never an opposing army made up of non-religious Muslims in Muhammad's time. (See also Games Muslims Play: Terrorists Can't Be Muslim Because They Kill Muslims for the role this verse plays in Islam's perpetual internal conflicts). (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:88) - "But the Messenger, and those who believe with him, strive and fight with their wealth and their persons: for them are (all) good things: and it is they who will prosper." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:111) - "Allah hath purchased of the believers their persons and their goods; for theirs (in return) is the garden (of Paradise): they fight in His cause, and slay and are slain: a promise binding on Him in truth, through the Law, the Gospel, and the Quran: and who is more faithful to his covenant than Allah? then rejoice in the bargain which ye have concluded: that is the achievement supreme." How does the Quran define a true believer? (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (9:123) - "O you who believe! fight those of the unbelievers who are near to you and let them find in you hardness." (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (17:16) - "And when We wish to destroy a town, We send Our commandment to the people of it who lead easy lives, but they transgress therein; thus the word proves true against it, so We destroy it with utter destruction." Note that the crime is moral transgression, and the punishment is "utter destruction." (Before ordering the 9/11 attacks, Osama bin Laden first issued Americans an invitation to Islam). Quran (18:65-81) - This parable lays the theological groundwork for honor killings, in which a family member is murdered because they brought shame to the family, either through apostasy or perceived moral indiscretion. The story (which is not found in any Jewish or Christian source) tells of Moses encountering a man with "special knowledge" who does things which don't seem to make sense on the surface, but are then justified according to later explanation. One such action is to murder a youth for no apparent reason (v.74). However, the wise man later explains that it was feared that the boy would "grieve" his parents by "disobedience and ingratitude." He was killed so that Allah could provide them a 'better' son. [Note: This parable along with verse 58:22 is a major reason that honor killing is sanctioned by Sharia. Reliance of the Traveler (Umdat al-Saliq) says that punishment for murder is not applicable when a parent or grandparent kills their offspring (o.1.12).] (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (21:44) - "...See they not that We gradually reduce the land (in their control) from its outlying borders? Is it then they who will win?" Quran (25:52) - "Therefore listen not to the Unbelievers, but strive against them with the utmost strenuousness with it." - The root for Jihad is used twice in this verse - although it may not have been referring to Holy War when narrated, since it was prior to the hijra at Mecca. The "it" at the end is thought to mean the Quran. Thus the verse may have originally meant a non-violent resistance to the 'unbelievers.' Obviously, this changed with the hijra. 'Jihad' after this is almost exclusively within a violent context. The enemy is always defined as people, rather than ideas. Quran (33:60-62) - "If the hypocrites, and those in whose hearts is a disease (evil desire for adultery, etc.), and those who spread false news among the people in Al-Madinah, cease not, We shall certainly let you overpower them, then they will not be able to stay in it as your neighbors but a little while Accursed, wherever found, they shall be seized and killed with a (terrible) slaughter." This passage sanctions slaughter (rendered as "merciless" and "horrible murder" in other translations) against three groups: hypocrites (Muslims who refuse to "fight in the way of Allah" (3:167) and hence don't act as Muslims should), those with "diseased hearts" (which include Jews and Christians 5:51-52), and "alarmists" or "agitators - those who speak out against Islam. It is worth noting that the victims are to be sought out, which is what today's terrorists do. Quran (47:3-4) - "Those who disbelieve follow falsehood, while those who believe follow the truth from their Lord... So, when you meet (fighting Jihad in Allah's Cause), those who disbelieve smite at their necks till when you have killed and wounded many of them, then bind a bond firmly (on them, i.e. take them as captives)... If it had been Allah's Will, He Himself could certainly have punished them (without you). But (He lets you fight), in order to test you, some with others. But those who are killed in the Way of Allah, He will never let their deeds be lost." Holy war is to be pursued against those who reject Allah. The unbelievers are to be killed and wounded. Survivors are to be held captive for ransom. The only reason Allah doesn't do the dirty work himself is to to test the faithfulness of Muslims. Those who kill pass the test. (See also: 47:4 for more context) (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (47:35) - "Be not weary and faint-hearted, crying for peace, when ye should be uppermost (Shakir: "have the upper hand") for Allah is with you," (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (48:17) - "There is no blame for the blind, nor is there blame for the lame, nor is there blame for the sick (that they go not forth to war). And whoso obeyeth Allah and His messenger, He will make him enter Gardens underneath which rivers flow; and whoso turneth back, him will He punish with a painful doom." Contemporary apologists sometimes claim that Jihad means 'spiritual struggle.' If so, then why are the blind, lame and sick exempted? This verse also says that those who do not fight will suffer torment in hell. Quran (48:29) - "Muhammad is the messenger of Allah. And those with him are hard (ruthless) against the disbelievers and merciful among themselves" Islam is not about treating everyone equally. This verse tells Muslims that two very distinct standards are applied based on religious status. Also the word used for 'hard' or 'ruthless' in this verse shares the same root as the word translated as 'painful' or severe' to describe Hell in over 25 other verses including 65:10, 40:46 and 50:26.. Quran (61:4) - "Surely Allah loves those who fight in His cause" Religion of Peace, indeed! The verse explicitly refers to "rows" or "battle array," meaning that it is speaking of physical conflict. This is followed by (61:9), which defines the "cause": "He it is who has sent His Messenger (Mohammed) with guidance and the religion of truth (Islam) to make it victorious over all religions even though the infidels may resist." (See next verse, below). Infidels who resist Islamic rule are to be fought. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (61:10-12) - "O You who believe! Shall I guide you to a commerce that will save you from a painful torment. That you believe in Allah and His Messenger (Muhammad), and that you strive hard and fight in the Cause of Allah with your wealth and your lives, that will be better for you, if you but know! (If you do so) He will forgive you your sins, and admit you into Gardens under which rivers flow, and pleasant dwelling in Gardens of'Adn- Eternity ['Adn(Edn) Paradise], that is indeed the great success." This verse refers to physical battle waged to make Islam victorious over other religions (see verse 9). It uses the Arabic root for the word Jihad. Quran (66:9) - "O Prophet! Strive against the disbelievers and the hypocrites, and be stern with them. Hell will be their home, a hapless journey's end." The root word of "Jihad" is used again here. The context is clearly holy war, and the scope of violence is broadened to include "hypocrites" - those who call themselves Muslims but do not act as such. (See also: Response to Apologists) Quran (2:191-193) - "And kill them wherever you find them, and turn them out from where they have turned you out. And Al-Fitnah [disbelief or unrest] is worse than killing... but if they desist, then lo! Allah is forgiving and merciful. And fight them until there is no more Fitnah [disbelief and worshipping of others along with Allah] and worship is for Allah alone. But if they cease, let there be no transgression except against Az-Zalimun(the polytheists, and wrong-doers, etc.)" (Translation is from the Noble Quran) The verse prior to this (190) refers to "fighting for the cause of Allah those who fight you" leading some to claim that the entire passage refers to a defensive war in which Muslims are defending their homes and families. The historical context of this passage is not defensive warfare, however, since Muhammad and his Muslims had just relocated to Medina and were not under attack by their Meccan adversaries. In fact, the verses urge offensive warfare, in that Muslims are to drive Meccans out of their own city (which they later did). Verse 190 thus means to fight those who offer resistance to Allah's rule (ie. Muslim conquest). The use of the word "persecution" by some Muslim translators is disingenuous - the actual Arabic words for persecution (idtihad) - and oppression are not used instead of fitna. Fitna can mean disbelief, or the disorder that results from unbelief or temptation. A strict translation is 'sedition,' meaning rebellion against authority (the authority being Allah). This is certainly what is meant in this context since the violence is explicitly commissioned "until religion is for Allah" - ie. unbelievers desist in their unbelief. [Editor's note: these notes have been modified slightly after a critic misinterpreted our language. Verse 193 plainly says that 'fighting' is sanctioned even if the fitna 'ceases'. This is about religious order, not real persecution. Sahih Bukhari (52:177) - Allah's Apostle said, "The Hour will not be established until you fight with the Jews, and the stone behind which a Jew will be hiding will say. "O Muslim! There is a Jew hiding behind me, so kill him." Sahih Bukhari (52:256) - The Prophet... was asked whether it was permissible to attack the pagan warriors at night with the probability of exposing their women and children to danger. The Prophet replied, "They (i.e. women and children) are from them (i.e. pagans)." In this command, Muhammad establishes that it is permissible to kill non-combatants in the process of killing a perceived enemy. This provides justification for the many Islamic terror bombings. Sahih Bukhari (52:65) - The Prophet said, 'He who fights that Allah's Word (Islam) should be superior, fights in Allah's Cause. Muhammad's words are the basis for offensive Jihad - spreading Islam by force. This is how it was understood by his companions, and by the terrorists of today. (See also Sahih Bukhari 3:125) Sahih Bukhari (52:220) - Allah's Apostle said... 'I have been made victorious with terror' Sahih Bukhari (52:44) - A man came to Allah's Apostle and said, "Instruct me as to such a deed as equals Jihad (in reward)." He replied, "I do not find such a deed." Abu Dawud (14:2526) (considered daif) - The Prophet said, Three things are the roots of faith: to refrain from (killing) a person who utters, "There is no god but Allah" and not to declare him unbeliever whatever sin he commits, and not to excommunicate him from Islam for his any action; and jihad will be performed continuously since the day Allah sent me as a prophet... Abu Dawud (14:2527) (considered daif) - The Prophet said: Striving in the path of Allah (jihad) is incumbent on you along with every ruler, whether he is pious or impious Sahih Muslim (1:33) - the Messenger of Allah said: I have been commanded to fight against people till they testify that there is no god but Allah, that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah Sahih Bukhari (8:387) - Allah's Apostle said, "I have been ordered to fight the people till they say: 'None has the right to be worshipped but Allah'. And if they say so, pray like our prayers, face our Qibla and slaughter as we slaughter, then their blood and property will be sacred to us and we will not interfere with them except legally." Sahih Muslim (1:30) - "The Messenger of Allah said: I have been commanded to fight against people so long as they do not declare that there is no god but Allah." Sahih Bukhari (52:73) - "Allah's Apostle said, 'Know that Paradise is under the shades of swords'." Sahih Bukhari (11:626) - [Muhammad said:] "I decided to order a man to lead the prayer and then take a flame to burn all those, who had not left their houses for the prayer, burning them alive inside their homes." Sahih Muslim (1:149) - "Abu Dharr reported: I said: Messenger of Allah, which of the deeds is the best? He (the Holy Prophet) replied: Belief in Allah and Jihad in His cause..." Sahih Muslim (20:4645) - "...He (the Messenger of Allah) did that and said: There is another act which elevates the position of a man in Paradise to a grade one hundred (higher), and the elevation between one grade and the other is equal to the height of the heaven from the earth. He (Abu Sa'id) said: What is that act? He replied: Jihad in the way of Allah! Jihad in the way of Allah!" Sahih Muslim (20:4696) - "the Messenger of Allah (may peace be upon him) said: 'One who died but did not fight in the way of Allah nor did he express any desire (or determination) for Jihad died the death of a hypocrite.'" Sahih Muslim (19:4321-4323) - Three hadith verses in which Muhammad shrugs over the news that innocent children were killed in a raid by his men against unbelievers. His response: "They are of them (meaning the enemy)." Sahih Muslim (19:4294) - "Fight against those who disbelieve in Allah. Make a holy war... When you meet your enemies who are polytheists, invite them to three courses of action. If they respond to any one of these, you also accept it and withhold yourself from doing them any harm. Invite them to (accept) Islam; if they respond to you, accept it from them and desist from fighting against them... If they refuse to accept Islam, demand from them the Jizya. If they agree to pay, accept it from them and hold off your hands. If they refuse to pay the tax, seek Allah's help and fight them." Sahih Muslim (31:5917) - "Ali went a bit and then halted and did not look about and then said in a loud voice: 'Allah's Messenger, on what issue should I fight with the people?' Thereupon he (the Prophet) said: 'Fight with them until they bear testimony to the fact that there is no god but Allah and Muhammad is his Messenger'." The pretext for attacking the peaceful farming community of Khaybar was not obvious to the Muslims. Muhammad's son-in-law Ali asked the prophet of Islam to clarify the reason for their mission to kill, loot and enslave. Muhammad's reply was straightforward. The people should be fought because they are not Muslim. Sahih Muslim (31:5918) - "I will fight them until they are like us." Ali's reply to Muhammad, after receiving clarification that the pretext for attacking Khaybar was to convert the people (see above verse). Sahih Bukhari 2:35 "The person who participates in (Holy Battles) in Allah’s cause and nothing compels him do so except belief in Allah and His Apostle, will be recompensed by Allah either with a reward, or booty ( if he survives) or will be admitted to Paradise ( if he is killed)." Sunan an-Nasa'i (Sahih) "Whoever dies without having fought or thought of fighting, he dies on one of the branches of hypocrisy" Sunan Ibn Majah 24:2794 (Sahih) - "I came to the Prophet and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, which Jihad is best?’ He said: ‘(That of a man) whose blood is shed and his horse is wounded.'" Unlike the oft-quoted "Greater/Lesser" verse pertaining to Jihad, this is judged to be authentic, and clearly establishes that the 'best' Jihad involves physical violence. Tabari 7:97 The morning after the murder of Ashraf, the Prophet declared, "Kill any Jew who falls under your power." Ashraf was a poet, killed by Muhammad's men because he insulted Islam. Here, Muhammad widens the scope of his orders to kill. An innocent Jewish businessman was then slain by his Muslim partner, merely for being non-Muslim. Tabari 9:69 "Killing Unbelievers is a small matter to us" The words of Muhammad, prophet of Islam. Tabari 17:187 "'By God, our religion (din) from which we have departed is better and more correct than that which these people follow. Their religion does not stop them from shedding blood, terrifying the roads, and seizing properties.' And they returned to their former religion." The words of a group of Christians who had converted to Islam, but realized their error after being shocked by the violence and looting committed in the name of Allah. The price of their decision to return to a religion of peace was that the men were beheaded and the woman and children enslaved by the caliph Ali. Ibn Ishaq/Hisham 484: - “Allah said, ‘A prophet must slaughter before collecting captives. A slaughtered enemy is driven from the land. Muhammad, you craved the desires of this world, its goods and the ransom captives would bring. But Allah desires killing them to manifest the religion.’” Ibn Ishaq/Hisham 990: Cutting off someone's head while shouting 'Allahu Akbar' is not a 'perversion of Islam', but a tradition of Islam that began with Muhammad. In this passage, a companion recounts an episode in which he staged a surprise ambush on a settlement: "I leapt upon him and cut off his head and ran in the direction of the camp shouting 'Allah akbar' and my two companions did likewise". Ibn Ishaq/Hisham 992: - "Fight everyone in the way of Allah and kill those who disbelieve in Allah." Muhammad's instructions to his men prior to a military raid. Ibn Kathir (Commentary on verses 2:190-193 - Since Jihad involves killing and shedding the blood of men, Allah indicated that these men are committing disbelief in Allah, associating with Him (in the worship) and hindering from His path, and this is a much greater evil and more disastrous than killing. One of Islam's most respected scholars clearly believed that Jihad means physical warfare. Saifur Rahman, The Sealed Nectar p.227-228 - "Embrace Islam... If you two accept Islam, you will remain in command of your country; but if your refuse my Call, you’ve got to remember that all of your possessions are perishable. My horsemen will appropriate your land, and my Prophethood will assume preponderance over your kingship." One of several letters from Muhammad to rulers of other countries. The significance is that the recipients were not making war or threatening Muslims. Their subsequent defeat and subjugation by Muhammad's armies was justified merely on the basis of their unbelief. Other than the fact that Muslims haven't killed every non-Muslim under their domain, there is very little else that they can point to as proof that theirs is a peaceful, tolerant religion. Where Islam is dominant (as in the Middle East and Pakistan) religious minorities suffer brutal persecution with scant introspection. Where Islam is in the minority (as in Thailand, the Philippines and Europe) there is the threat of violence if Muslim demands are not met. Either situation seems to provide a justification for religious terrorism, which is persistent and endemic to Islamic fundamentalism. This begins with the Quran. Few verses of Islam's most sacred text can be construed to fit the contemporary virtues of religious tolerance and universal brotherhood. Those that do are earlier "Meccan" verses which are abrogated by later ones. The example of Muhammad is that Islam is a religion of peace when Muslims do not have the power and numbers on their side. Once they do, things change. Many Muslims are peaceful and do not want to believe what the Quran really says. They prefer a more narrow interpretation that is closer to the Judeo-Christian ethic. Some just ignore harsher passages. Others reach for "textual context" across different suras to subjectively mitigate these verses with others so that the message fits their personal moral preference. Although the Quran itself claims to be clear and complete, these apologists speak of the "risks" of trying to interpret verses without their "assistance." The violent verses of the Quran have played a key role in massacre and genocide. This includes the brutal slaughter of tens of millions of Hindus for five centuries beginning around 1000 AD with Mahmud of Ghazni's bloody conquest. Both he and the later Tamerlane (Islam's Genghis Khan) slaughtered an untold number merely for defending their temples from destruction. Buddhism was nearly wiped off the Indian subcontinent. Judaism and Christianity met the same fate (albeit more slowly) in areas conquered by Muslim armies, including the Middle East, North Africa and parts of Europe, including today's Turkey. Zoroastrianism, the ancient religion of a proud Persian people is despised by Muslims and barely survives in modern Iran. Violence is so ingrained in Islam that it has never really stopped being at war, either with other religions or with itself. Muhammad was a military leader, laying siege to towns, massacring the men, raping their women, enslaving their children, and taking the property of others as his own. On several occasions he rejected offers of surrender from the besieged inhabitants and even butchered captives. He inspired his followers to battle when they did not feel it was right to fight, promising them slaves and booty if they did and threatening them with Hell if they did not. Muhammad allowed his men to rape traumatized women captured in battle, usually on the very day their husbands and family members were slaughtered. The popular apologist argument that many verses of violence apply to war is shaded by the fact that war was started by Muslims, both in Muhammad's time and since. For the most part, Islamic armies waged aggressive campaigns, and the religion's most dramatic military conquests were made by actual companions of Muhammad in the decades following his death. The early Islamic principle of warfare was that the civilian population of a town was to be destroyed (ie. men executed, women and children taken as slaves) if they defended themselves and resisted Islamic hegemony. Although modern apologists claim that Muslims are only supposed to "attack in self-defense", this oxymoron is flatly contradicted by the accounts of Islamic historians and others that go back to the time of Muhammad. Some modern-day scholars are more candid than others. One of the most respected Sunni theologians is al-Qaradawi, who justifies terror attacks against Western targets by noting that there is no such thing as a civilian population in a time of war: "It has been determined by Islamic law that the blood and property of people of Dar al-Harb [ie. non-Muslim people who resist Islamic conquest] is not protected... In modern war, all of society, with all its classes and ethnic groups, is mobilized to participate in the war, to aid its continuation, and to provide it with the material and human fuel required for it to assure the victory of the state fighting its enemies. Every citizen in society must take upon himself a role in the effort to provide for the battle. The entire domestic front, including professionals, laborers, and industrialists, stands behind the fighting army, even if it does not bear arms." Sheikh Muhammad Bin Abdul Lateef, a favorite of ISIS, has admitted: ‘Jihad is a part of Islam without which Islam cannot be established and without which it is not possible to uphold the laws of sharia’. Consider the example of the Qurayza Jews, who were completely obliterated only five years after Muhammad arrived in Medina. Their leader opted to stay neutral when their town was besieged by a Meccan army that was sent to take revenge for Muhammad's deadly caravan raids. The tribe killed no one from either side and even surrendered peacefully to Muhammad after the Meccans had been turned back. Yet the prophet of Islam had every male member of the Qurayza beheaded, and every woman and child enslaved, even raping one of the captives himself (what Muslim apologists might refer to as "same day marriage"). One of Islam's most revered modern scholars, Sheikh Yusuf al-Qaradawi, openly sanctions offensive Jihad: "In the Jihad which you are seeking, you look for the enemy and invade him. This type of Jihad takes place only when the Islamic state is invading other [countries] in order to spread the word of Islam and to remove obstacles standing in its way." Qutb wrote: "Islam has the right to take the initiative…this is God’s religion and it is for the whole world. It has the right to destroy all obstacles in the form of institutions and traditions … it attacks institutions and traditions to release human beings from their poisonous influences, which distort human nature and curtail human freedom. Those who say that Islamic Jihad was merely for the defense of the 'homeland of Islam' diminish the greatness of the Islamic way of life." The widely respected Dictionary of Islam defines Jihad as "A religious war with those who are unbelievers in the mission of Muhammad. It is an incumbent religious duty, established in the Quran and in the Traditions as a divine institution, and enjoined specially for the purpose of advancing Islam and of repelling evil from Muslims…[Quoting from the Hanafi school, Hedaya, 2:140, 141.], "The destruction of the sword is incurred by infidels, although they be not the first aggressors, as appears from various passages in the traditions which are generally received to this effect." Dr. Salah al-Sawy, the chief member of the Assembly of Muslim Jurists in America, stated in 2009 that "the Islamic community does not possess the strength to engage in offensive jihad at this time," tacitly affirming the legitimacy of violence for the cause of Islamic rule - bound only by the capacity for success. (source) Muhammad's failure to leave a clear line of succession resulted in perpetual internal war following his death. Those who knew him best first fought afterwards to keep remote tribes from leaving Islam and reverting to their preferred religion (the Ridda or 'Apostasy wars'). Then the violence turned within. Early Meccan converts battled later ones as hostility developed between those immigrants who had traveled with Muhammad to Mecca and the Ansar at Medina who had helped them settle in. Finally there was a violent struggle within Muhammad's own family between his favorite wife and favorite daughter - a jagged schism that has left Shias and Sunnis at each others' throats to this day. The strangest and most untrue thing that can be said about Islam is that it is a religion of peace. If every standard by which the West is judged and condemned (slavery, imperialism, intolerance, misogyny, sexual repression, warfare...) were applied equally to Islam, the verdict would be devastating. Islam never gives up what it conquers, be it religion, culture, language or life. Neither does it make apologies or any real effort at moral progress. It is the least open to dialogue and the most self-absorbed. It is convinced of its own perfection, yet brutally shuns self-examination and represses criticism. This is what makes the Quran's verses of violence so dangerous. They are given the weight of divine command. While Muslim terrorists take them literally, and understand that Islam is incomplete without Jihad, moderates offer little to contradict them - outside of personal opinion. Indeed, what do they have? Speaking of peace and love may win over the ignorant, but when every twelfth verse of Islam's holiest book either speaks to Allah's hatred for non-Muslims or calls for their death, forced conversion, or subjugation, it is little wonder that sympathy for terrorism runs as deeply as it does in the broader community - even if most Muslims prefer not to interpret their personal viewpoint of Islam in this way. Although scholars like Ibn Khaldun, one of Islam's most respected philosophers, understood that "the holy war is a religious duty, because of the universalism of the Muslim mission and (the obligation to) convert everybody to Islam either by persuasion or by force", many other Muslims are either unaware or willfully ignorant of the Quran's near absence of verses that preach universal non-violence. Their understanding of Islam comes from what they are taught by others. Believers in the West are often led to think that their religion is like Christianity - preaching the New Testament virtues of peace, love, and tolerance. They are somewhat surprised and embarrassed to find that the Quran and the bloody history of Islam's genesis say otherwise. Others simply accept the violence. In 1991, a Palestinian couple in America was convicted of stabbing their daughter to death for being too Westernized. A family friend came to their defense, excoriating the jury for not understanding the "culture", claiming that the father was merely following "the religion" and saying that the couple had to "discipline their daughter or lose respect." (source). In 2011, unrepentant Palestinian terrorists, responsible for the brutal murders of civilians, women and children explicitly in the name of Allah were treated to a luxurious "holy pilgrimage" to Mecca by the Saudi king - without a single Muslim voice raised in protest. The most prestigious Islamic university in the world today is Cairo's al-Azhar. While the university is very quick to condemn secular Muslims who critique the religion, it has never condemned ISIS as a group of infidels despite horrific carnage in the name of Allah. When asked why, the university's Grand Imam, Ahmed al-Tayeb explained: " Al Azhar cannot accuse any [Muslim] of being a kafir [infidel], as long as he believes in Allah and the Last Day—even if he commits every atrocity." For their part, Western liberals would do well not to sacrifice critical thinking to the god of political correctness, or look for reasons to bring other religion down to the level of Islam merely to avoid the existential truth that it is both different and dangerous. There are just too many Muslims who take the Quran literally... and too many others who couldn't care less about the violence done in the name of Islam. What about the Quran's verses of Peace and Tolerance for other religions? While there are some verses in the Quran (and episodes from Muhammad's life) that would appear to promote tolerance and peace, they are usually mitigated by circumstances and context. Closer examination proves less convenient to the simplistic interpretation furnished by apologists - which usually tells us more about what some Muslims wish were there rather than what actually is. Coexistence as equals was something that Muhammad promoted only when he did not have the power to conquer. In the full context of the Quran, 'peace' means submission, and 'tolerance of other religions' means not killing those members who agree to live in a subjugated status to Islamic rule. Quran (2:208): O You who believe! Enter absolutely into peace [Islam]. This is a mistranslation. The Arabic word is "Islam." This is not the same as "peace," which is salaam. The verse is actually a call for Jews and Christians to embrace Islam - not an exhortation for Muslims to be peaceful. In fact, verse 193 tells the faithful to fight "until worship is for Allah alone." Quran (2:62): Those who believe and those who are Jews and Christians, and Sabians, whoever believes in Allah and the Last Day and do righteous good deeds shall have their reward with their Lord, on them shall be no fear, nor shall they grieve. Taken by itself, this verse indicates an extraordinary tolerance for Jews and Christians (Sabians were a very obscure Middle Eastern sect that Allah curiously chose to mention in place of, say, a religion like Hinduism with hundreds of millions of followers but unknown to Muhammad the "messenger"). The verse would seem to indicate that Jews and Christians will be admitted to heaven and, thus, should not be discriminated against by Muslims here on earth. Unfortunately, the truth is that this verse was narrated at a time when Muslims did not have the power to fight Jews and Christians. Muhammad needed to stay in the good graces of the Jewish tribes at Medina. Once Muslims obtained power, things changed - as did the Quran's view of other religions. A [chronologically] later verse in the Quran, 3:85, bluntly states: "Whoever seeks a religion other than Islam, it will never be accepted of him, and in the Hereafter he will be one of the losers." It really can't be any plainer than that. Non-Muslims will go to hell. (See also Sahih Muslim 153) Abrogation, the "substituting of one verse with another" is an important tool in resolving the Quran's contradictions. Had the tolerant verse, 2:62, been narrated last, then it might be argued that it overrides the many other verses that curse and condemn Jews and Christians (3:110, 5:13, 5:17, 5:73...) and call for their subjugation(9:29). Unfortunately, it is the intolerant verses that supersede 2:62, both in their abundance and chronological sequence. So, the apologist who quotes this verse out of context is either telling you what they want to believe or what they want you to believe - but not what the Quran as a whole actually teaches. Quran (2:256): There is no compulsion in religion. Well... except when there is, as the Quran later prescribes. This verse is addressed in a separate article here. Quran (4:93): And whoever kills a believer intentionally, his recompense is Hell to abide therein, and the Wrath and the Curse of Allah are upon him, and a great punishment is prepared for him This verse explicitly applies to the killing of a believer (someone who is Muslim). The omission of non-Muslim life is highly conspicuous. A religion that forbids members from deliberately killing each other is hardly breaking new ground or setting a high moral mark. Other religions and moral systems generally apply the worth of human life universally. Quran (5:8): Stand out firmly for Allah... and let not the enmity and hatred of others make you avoid justice. Be just, that is nearer to piety, and fear Allah Although this verse would appear to say that one should not be influenced by their hatred for others, it is actually speaking of the hatred that others have for them. The Arabic word qawmin refers to something belonging to another people. The same word is used in verse 5:77 of the same sura in reference to the "desires" of others. It is obviously not referring to a desire for others, just as verse 8 is not speaking of a hatred for others. As verse 6 makes clear, the "doing justice" spoken of in verse 8 means performing a religious duty (prayer, ablution...). In fact, much of the rest of Sura 5 speaks very poorly of Jews and Christians specifically. Nowhere does it say to treat them justly, but it does tell Muslims to shun them (5:51) or risk being labeled an apostate. So, properly translated, verse 8 would read: "do not let other people's hatred cause you to deviate from performing [religious rituals] for Allah." Quran (5:13): So because of their breach of their covenant, We cursed them, and made their hearts grow hard. They change the words from their (right) places and have abandoned a good part of the Message that was sent to them. And you will not cease to discover deceit in them, except a few of them. But forgive them, and overlook (their misdeeds). Verily, Allah loves Al-Muhsinun (good-doers) This verse says that all but a few Jewish people are treacherous and deceptive, with hardened hearts. They are cursed by Allah for having "changed" the scriptures to omit parts that allegedly bolster Muhammad's credibility as a prophet. (There is no proof of this having happened, by the way. All evidence supports the historical consistency of the Hebrew text). In this context, however, Muhammad is told to forgive and overlook their "misdeeds." It is this last fragment of the verse that is cited as a moral principle on par with pre-existing directives from other religions concerning forgiveness. However, one glaring difference is that the others speak in general terms (i.e. "forgive those who wrong you"...) while this verse is very specific. Taken literally, it means that Muhammad should not punish deceitful Jews for having changed their scripture. One is free to draw a larger meaning from this, but if that was the intention, why not come out and say it? What is clear in the verse is virulent anti-Semitism. And while the apologist might insist that this description is limited to a particular group of Jews in Muhammad's time, so then would the imperative to forgive. One cannot apply different rules to different parts of the same verse. Only in Islam is basic moral decency so difficult to glean that it has to be extracted from an openly bigoted passage in which it exists almost as an afterthought. [Some scholars believe that the imperative to forgive in 5:13 may be limited to the handful of Jews who repent and become Muslim (as the prior verse implies)] Quran (5:32): Because of that We ordained for the Children of Israel that if anyone killed a person not in retaliation of murder, or to spread mischief in the land - it would be as if he killed all mankind... When presented, this verse is almost always redacted to say "if anyone killed a person it would be as if he killed all mankind". The full reading (including the verse that follows) conveys a much different meaning. This is addressed in a separate article here. Quran (5:69): Surely, those who believe, those who are the Jews and the Sabians and the Christians, - whosoever believed in Allah and the Last Day, and worked righteousness, on them shall be no fear, nor shall they grieve This verse is sometimes quoted to support the argument that people of other religions will be accepted by Allah as long as they are 'righteous'. The verbs used in the verse are actually in the past tense, meaning that the reference is to Jews and Christians who existed prior to Muhammad. This is important, because the full context of the passage shows that the rules have changed. Verse 5:68, which directly precedes this reads: "O people of the Scripture (Jews and Christians)! You have nothing (as regards guidance) till you act according to the Taurat (Torah), the Injeel (Gospel), and what has (now) been sent down to you from your Lord (the Qur'an)." Verily, that which has been sent down to you (Muhammad ) from your Lord... Jews and Christians must now accept the Quran and Muhammad in order to be saved. In other words, they must become Muslim. This is consistent with other Quran verses which disparage Jews and Christians, including verse 72 in the same sura, which reads: Surely, they have disbelieved who say: "Allah is the Messiah ['Iesa (Jesus)], son of Maryam (Mary)." But the Messiah ['Iesa (Jesus)] said: "O Children of Israel! Worship Allah, my Lord and your Lord." Verily, whosoever sets up partners in worship with Allah, then Allah has forbidden Paradise for him, and the Fire will be his abode Christians and Jews who believe in their own religion are explicitly condemned to Hell in this passage, as well as others in the Quran (98:6). Quran (6:108): And insult not those whom they (disbelievers) worship besides Allah... This verse is quoted by apologists who argue that it is "completely against Islam" to offend believers of other religions. To their credit, many sincerely want this to be the case. However, it blatantly contradicts other parts of the Quran, which openly insult Christians, Jews, and polytheists and their gods. The Quran mocks Christians for believing in the divinity of Jesus, slanders Jews in the worst sort of way, and is so hostile toward polytheists that it not only mocks their gods but even says to kill those who worship them in the course of chasing them from their homes (in Arabia). The contradiction is easily explained by historical context. Sura 6 is from the Meccan era. This means that it was narrated at an early time when Muslims were weak and did not have the power to challenge other religions. Their survival depended on appearing peaceful. In fact, a full reading of verse 108 explains why Muslims were not to insult other faiths. It isn't because it is morally wrong, but rather because it might result in stirring up the enmity of others: And insult not those whom they (disbelievers) worship besides Allah, lest they insult Allah wrongfully without knowledge... (6:108) The many other verses of the Quran which insult non-Islamic religions and non-Muslims alike were narrated after this when Muslims did not need to rely on the tolerance of others. In other words, the message of the Quran evolved along with the status of Muhammad's people. Once he had the power to do so, according to the Hadith and Sira, Muhammad evicted Jews, made war on Christians, and destroyed idols. Subsequent Muslim conquests almost always involved turning other houses of worship into mosques - such as the Hagia Sophia in Turkey. Quran (8:61): But if they incline to peace, you also incline to it... Taken in isolation, this verse seems to say that Muslims are to be peaceful toward those who are peaceful to them. This life principle would appear to be self-evident, but it seems that the moral bar is set fairly low in the Quran. If this means that Muslims are to live peacefully and not expand their religion via military force, as some suggest, then the lesson was completely lost on Muhammad's own Companions, who did exactly the opposite. Most likely, this is because they kept the verse in context. The verse prior to this, 8:60, says to "make ready against them all you can of power, including steeds of war to threaten the enemy of Allah and your enemy, and others besides whom, you may not know but whom Allah does know." Who is that Muslims are to prepare for war against? Verse 55 says it is the unbelievers, who are lower than animals: "Verily, The worst of moving (living) creatures before Allah are those who disbelieve". The verses between tell Muslims that they cannot trust unbelievers and to punish them "severely" in war. If treachery is suspected at any point after non-Muslims are subjugated, then Muslims are to break the covenant and attack the "enemies of Allah" and (somewhat chillingly) "others whom you may not know". The relationship between Muslims and non-Muslims is thus not one of equality and tolerance. As a whole, the passage declares that those outside the faith are, by nature, an inferior group on par with animals. They cannot be trusted and should be viewed with suspicion. Muslims may break any covenant merely on the basis of this suspicion and punish the unbelievers "severely," because that's what Allah wants... But other than that, it's all about peace! Quran (17:33): And do not kill anyone which Allah has forbidden, except for a just cause. This is one of those verses that sounds better from a distance. What it literally says is that you aren't supposed to kill people that you aren't supposed to kill... unless it's for a good cause (in which case it's game on). In fact, one could reasonably argue that since it implies that there is already a list of forbidden targets, the verse exists mainly to provide an exception to the rule. So, who is it "forbidden" to kill and what constitutes a "just" cause? The only group that the Quran explicitly forbids killing intentionally is believing Muslims (and, more tenuously, dhimmis who pay the jizya). The greatest cause of all, according to one of the Quran's last (and most violent) chapters, is that Allah's religion be superior over all others (9:33) - which happens to coincide perfectly with what Islamic terrorists say is their supreme goal. Verse 17:33 thus provides divine justification for Islamic terror in which even innocent victims are collateral damage. Does this sound like peace and tolerance? Quran (24:22): And let not those among you who are blessed with graces and wealth swear not to give (any sort of help) to their kinsmen, Al-Masakin (the poor), and those who left their homes for Allah's Cause. Let them pardon and forgive. Do you not love that Allah should forgive you? Part of this verse tells one to forgive as they want to be forgiven by Allah. Certainly, there is nothing wrong with this, but, as usual, there is bit more to the story. The broader textual context is that one set of Muslims (those among you blessed with graces and wealth) is being advised to forgive another less fortunate group of Muslims. So, unless one cherry-picks the fragment, it is not actually a universal 'Golden Rule.' The historical context of the verse is an episode known as "Ifk," in which Muhammad's favorite wife, Aisha, was accused of infidelity. Muhammad felt the accusation was false and (not surprisingly) so did Allah - who copiously vowed eternal damnation and a lifetime of curses for the accusers. In fact, the main theme of Sura 24 isn't forgiveness, but condemnation for those who falsely accused his chaste wife of sexual impropriety. So what of verse 22? It was a relatively obscure instruction to a group of comparatively wealthy Muslims not to withdraw financial support for the entire group of Muslim emigrants which had produced the accusers. Quran (39:10): Say (O Muhammad ): "O My slaves who believe, be afraid of your Lord and keep your duty to Him. Good is (the reward) for those who do good in this world, and Allah's earth is spacious!" The last part of this verse ("Good is the reward for those who do good") is sometimes extracted from context and said to mean that anyone who does good will be rewarded regardless of their religious belief. This venture in cherry-picking is refuted by surrounding text as well as other parts of the Quran. The "good" that one is supposed to do is not defined in verse 10. A naïve reader would probably project their own values and assume that this means acts of unselfishness. An astute reader would look at the surrounding text and discover that it actually refers to Islamic belief and worship (as verse 9 puts it, "one who is obedient to Allah, prostrating himself or standing (in prayer) during the hours of the night, fearing the Hereafter and hoping for the Mercy of his Lord"). Instead of singing the praises of universal brotherhood, the surrounding verses distinguish Muslims and condemn those outside the circle of faith. Verse 7 says "If you disbelieve, Allah has no need for you." The next verse says that disbelievers will "dwell in the fire" (of Hell).

True Story About How The Israel Mossad On Sept. 11, 2001 False Flag Op... So what were the Israeli "art students" doing camped out on the 91st floor of the World Trade Center in the months and years leading up to 9/11? The Gelitin group took advantage of a WTC program that hosted artists in empty space in the WTC. The Gelitin group members were not students. They were established professional artists, and still are. Don't Forget the Israeli "Art Students" (Mossad) Had an Art Installation in the Twin Towers Just Ahead of 9/11. Pictures Show Boxes of Fuses. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. See Video Below: True History 9/11 False Flag Conspiracy Finally Solved For Dummies Names, Connections, Motives - https://rumble.com/v6yyyhy-true-history-911-false-flag-conspiracy-finally-solved-for-dummies-names-con.html Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of

So Yes I See The Numbers Do Not Add Up ? In 1900, the world Jewish population wasestimated to be 10,600,000, with the world who having the largest core Jewish population at 6,983,000, followed by the United States with 6,000,000. In Europe, approximately 9.5 million Jews lived in 1933, representing more than 60% of the world's Jewish population at that time, estimated at 15.3 million.The Jewish population grew to around 13 million by the 1970s, but recorded almost no growth until around 2005 due to low fertility rates and assimilation of Jews.The Jewish Encyclopedia article estimates only 314,000 Sephardic Jews at the end of the 19th century, but recent scholarship suggests that this estimate is low. As of 2022, the world's core Jewish population is estimated to be16.2 million, with Israel hosting the largest core Jewish population with 6.89 million, followed closely by the United States with approximately 5.7 million.The Jewish population is concentrated primarily in North America and the Middle East-North Africa region, with the remainder found in Europe, Latin America and the Caribbean, Asia and the Pacific, and sub-Saharan Africa. The Pew Forum's estimate of the "core" population of Jews around the world as of 2010 is slightly lower than the Pew Forum's figure of 14 million.The Jewish population is spread throughout many countries, with the highest population concentrations in Israel and the United States. Before the Nazis seized power in 1933, Europe had a richly diverse set of Jewish cultures. Many of these cultures were dynamic and highly developed. They drew from hundreds and, in some areas, a thousand or more years of Jewish life on the continent. So 6 Million Jews Killed By Russia In World War One And Now 6 Million More Jews Are Killed By Germany In World War Two ( P.S. So The Total Number Jews Killed Both War's WW 1 & WW 2 Is 12.2 Millions Killed In Total ) ? ? In 1933, approximately 9.5 million Jews lived in Europe, comprising 1.7% of the total European population. This number represented more than 60 percent of the world's Jewish population at that time, estimated at 15.3 million. Eastern Europe The majority of Jews in prewar Europe resided in eastern Europe. The largest Jewish communities in this area were in Poland, with about 3,000,000 Jews (9.5%); the European part of the Soviet Union, with 2,525,000 (3.4%); and Romania, with 756,000 (4.2%). The Jewish population in the three Baltic states totaled 255,000: 95,600 in Latvia, 155,000 in Lithuania, and 4,560 in Estonia. Here, Jews comprised 4.9%, 7.6%, and 0.4% of each country's population, respectively, and 5% of the region's total population. https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/content/en/article/jewish-population-of-europe-in-1933-population-data-by-country Central Europe In prewar central Europe, the largest Jewish community was inGermany, with about 525,000 members (0.75% of the total German population). This was followed by Hungary with 445,000 (5.1%), Czechoslovakia with 357,000 (2.4%), and Austria with 191,000, most of whom resided in the capital city of Vienna (2.8%). Western Europe In western Europe the largest Jewish communities were in Great Britain, with 300,000 Jews (0.65%); France, with 250,000 (0.6%); and the Netherlands, with 156,000 (1.8%). Additionally, 60,000 Jews (0.7%) lived in Belgium, 4,000 (0.02%) in Spain, and 1,200 (0.02%) in Portugal. Close to 16,000 Jews lived in Scandinavia, including 6,700 (0.11%) in Sweden, 5,700 (0.15%) in Denmark, 1,800 (0.05%) in Finland, and 1,400 (0.05%) in Norway. Southern Europe In southern Europe, Greece had the largest Jewish population, with about 73,000 Jews (1.2%). There were also significant Jewish communities in Yugoslavia (68,000, or 0.49%), Italy (48,000, or 0.11%), and Bulgaria (48,500, or 0.8%). 200 Jews (0.02%) lived in Albania. Jewish Communities before the Nazi Seizure of Power Before the Nazis seized power in 1933, Europe had a richly diverse set of Jewish cultures. Many of these cultures were dynamic and highly developed. They drewfrom hundreds and, in some areas, a thousand or more years of Jewish life on the continent. The diverse nature of individual Jewish communities in occupations, religious practices, involvement and integration in regional and national life, and other areas made for fruitful and varied Jewish life across Europe. In many countries, Jews stood as cultural and political luminaries, and had marched alongside non-Jews inWorld War I. In little more than a decade, most of Europe would be conquered, occupied, or annexed by Nazi Germany and its Axis partners, and the majority of European Jews—two out of every three—would be dead. Toward the end of the 19th century, estimates of the number of Jews in the world ranged fromabout 6,200,000 (Encyclopedia Britannica, 1881) to 10,932,777 (American Jewish Year Book, 1904–1905).This can be compared with estimates of about half that number a mere 60 years earlier, though for comparison estimates of the total population of Europe show it also to have doubled between 1800 and 1900. https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jewish-and-non-jewish-population-of-israel-palestine-1517-present Demography and the Palestine Question (I) 1850s-1948 Jews had settled in Palestine long before Theodor Herzl formulated his ideas on Zionism inThe State of the Jews(1896). A small core group of Palestinian Jews were descendants of Jews who had survived the destruction of the Second Temple during the first century, but most were descendants of deportees from the SpanishReconquistaduring the sixteenth century. In all, there were some 13,000 Palestinian Jews in 1852, representing about 4 percent of the population of Palestine, concentrated mostly in the districts ofJerusalem,Acre, andNablus. In the last quarter of the nineteenth century, however, there was a substantial immigration of enterprising Jews who bought Palestinian land, making it possible for the Jewish population there to grow substantially faster than the indigenous Muslim and Christian population Between 1850 and 1914, the demography of the Jewish community in Palestine was bolstered by the immigration of more than 84,000 Jews (though not all of them settled in Palestine permanently). Furthermore, their natural population growth (due to high birth and low mortality rates) reinforced their presence in Palestine. This demographic advantage is important even today, more than compensating for the decline in Jewish immigration to Israel at the turn of the twenty-first century. At the start of World War I , Palestine was home to 60,000 Jews, of which 39,000 had Ottoman citizenship, compared to more than 700,000 Ottomans who were Muslim or Christian https://www.palquest.org/en/highlight/294/demography-and-palestine-question-i The Jewish presence in Palestine was smaller than inIraqorYemenand a bit bigger than inSyriaandLebanon. While the war had a major impact on the demography of Palestinian Jews, this loss was much less than that suffered by other Muslim or Christian Palestinians. The Balfour Declaration (1917) was the founding act that made it possible for a population of 60,000 Jews in pre-Mandate, Ottoman Palestine to grow into a population of 700,000 Israelis in 1948. This tenfold increase was much less due to natural population growth than to immigration. In the 1930s, the Jews who had been persecuted in Nazi Germany and Europe, and for whom salvation through emigration to elsewhere in Europe or to the New World was refused, streamed into Palestine, which let in a quarter of a million refugees While there was no move to push out Palestinians at first, the massive arrival of the immigrants created extreme tension, which ultimately led to the expulsion/deportation of the Palestinians in 1948. Palestinian resistance to the confiscation of power by the British Mandate and the appropriation of land by Jews (even if they had bought it and sometimes at a high price) reached a peak during two periods:the riots of 1920–21 and especially during theal-Thawra al-filastiniyya al-kubraof 1936–39. However, neither the first nor the second uprisings could overthrow the British Mandate or halt Jewish immigration, which was an integral part of the mission given to the Mandate. The reaction of the Palestinian people thus took on a different form: at first political, it eventually became demographic. Thanks to an exceptional statistical system, the British Mandatory could collect year after year information about the number of births and deaths among the main religious groups in Palestine, which was very new for the region. These statistics reveal that the natural increase of the Palestinian population, regardless of religion and in spite of a high mortality rate, reached record high levels and surpassed that of the Jewish immigrants. The British statistics become particularly significant, however, when compared with those of neighboring Arab countries, less threatened by a foreign presence. These comparisons show that during the Mandate period, consciously or not, Palestinians resisted by creating large, extended families.Their birth rate surpassed and then remained almost constantly at the highest level in the world.It ranged from a low of 45 per 1,000 in 1942 to a high of 60 per 1,000 (in 1928 and 1930), with an average of 50 per 1,000, or about 9 children per woman. In comparison, the Egyptian birthrate was about 44 per 1,000 and that of Syria, 40. Since the Mandate period, the weapons used by the different parties involved in the conflict have become more and more sophisticated. But this “conventional” weapon of demographic growth, this “revenge of the cradles” so evident under the Mandate, has endured to this day. The impertinent demography of the Palestinian population was brutally obliterated in only a few weeks by the1948 War. The deportation of some 750,000 Palestinians reduced the number of remaining Palestinians, who were to become Israeli citizens, to only 156,000 in the new territorial entity, in which were living 700,000 Jews at that time. During World War I,around 8,500,000soldiers died as a result of wounds and/or disease.The greatest number of casualties and wounds were inflicted by artillery, followed by small arms, and then by poison gas. The bayonet, which was relied on by the prewar French Army as the decisive weapon, actually produced few casualties. War was increasingly mechanized from 1914 and produced casualties even when nothing important was happening. On even a quiet day on the Western Front, many hundreds of Allied and German soldiers died.The war raged for more than four years, from August 1914 to November 1918, and resulted in the deaths of more than nine million combatants. As many as seven million civilians also were killed in the war or died as a consequence of it. Number of military and civilian deaths per country in the First World War 1914-1918 The First World War saw the mobilization of more than 65 million soldiers, and the deaths of almost 15 million soldiers and civilians combined. Approximately 8.8 million of these deaths were of military personnel, while six million civilians or is it (6 million Jews?) Who died as a direct result of the war; mostly through hunger, disease and genocide. The German army suffered the highest number of military losses, totaling at more than two million men.Turkeyhad the highest civilian death count, largely due to the mass extermination of Armenians, as well as Greeks and Assyrians. Varying estimates suggest that Russia may have suffered the highest number of military and total fatalities in the First World War. However, this is complicated by the subsequent Russian Civil War and Russia's total specific to the First World War remains unclear to this day. Proportional deaths In 1914, Central and Eastern Europe was largely divided between the empires of Austria-Hungary, Germany and Russia, while the smaller Balkan states had only emerged in prior decades with the decline of the Ottoman Empire. For these reasons, the major powers in the east were able to mobilize millions of men from across their territories, asBritainand France did with their own overseas colonies, and were able to utilize their superior manpower to rotate and replace soldiers, whereas smaller nations did not have this luxury. For example, total military losses for Romania and Serbia are around 12 percent of Germany's total military losses; however, as a share of their total mobilized forces these countries lost roughly 33 percent of their armies, compared to Germany's 15 percent mortality rate. The average mortality rate of all deployed soldiers in the war was around 14 percent. Unclarity in the totals Despite ending over a century ago, the total number of deaths resulting from the First World War remains unclear. The impact of theInfluenza pandemic of 1918, as well as various classifications of when or why fatalities occurred, has resulted in varying totals with differences ranging in the millions. Parallel conflicts, particularly the Russian Civil War, have also made it extremely difficult to define which conflicts the fatalities should be attributed to. Since 2012, the totals given by Hirschfeld et al in Brill's Encyclopedia of the First World War have been viewed by many in the historical community as the most reliable figures on the subject. https://www.statista.com/statistics/1208625/first-world-war-fatalities-per-country/ The Holocaust was the systematic, state-sponsored persecution and murder of six million Jews by the Nazi regime and its allies and collaborators. It took place between 1933 and 1945. In 1933, more than 9 million Jews lived in Europe (1.7% of the total population). By 1945, the Germans and their allies and collaborators had killed nearly two out of every three European Jews. Nazi policies also led to the discrimination, persecution, and murder of millions of others. Explore a timeline of events that occurred before, during, and after the Holocaust. Influenza pandemic of 1918 killed more people then died in world war 1? Hard as it is to believe, the answer is true. World War I claimed an estimated 16 million lives. The influenza epidemic that swept the world in 1918 killed an estimated 50 million people. One fifth of the world's population was attacked by this deadly virus. Within months, it had killed more people than any other illness in recorded history. The plague emerged in two phases. In late spring of 1918, the first phase, known as the "three-day fever," appeared without warning. Few deaths were reported. Victims recovered after a few days. When the disease surfaced again that fall, it was far more severe. Scientists, doctors, and health officials could not identify this disease which was striking so fast and so viciously, eluding treatment and defying control. Some victims died within hours of their first symptoms. Others succumbed after a few days; their lungs filled with fluid and they suffocated to death. The plague did not discriminate. It was rampant in urban and rural areas, from the densely populated East coast to the remotest parts of Alaska. Young adults, usually unaffected by these types of infectious diseases, were among the hardest hit groups along with the elderly and young children. The flu afflicted over 25 percent of the U.S. population. In one year, the average life expectancy in the United States dropped by 12 years. It is an oddity of history that the influenza epidemic of 1918 has been overlooked in the teaching of American history. Documentation of the disease is ample, as shown in the records selected from the holdings of the National Archives regional archives. Exhibiting these documents helps the epidemic take its rightful place as a major disaster in world history. BEFORE 1933 WWI, its Aftermath, and the Growth of the Nazi Party Countries across Europe struggled to recover from the devastation caused by World War I after it ended in 1918. This was a time marked by massive social and political change, revolution, and the establishment of new states. In this postwar environment, extreme nationalism, racism, and antisemitism found fertile ground. The Nazi and the Italian Fascist political parties, along with many other similar groups across Europe, emerged from this chaos to become visible threats to new and fragile democracies, including Germany's Weimar Republic. 1933–1938 Prewar Nazi Germany and the Beginnings of the Holocaust Following Adolf Hitler’s appointment as German chancellor on January 30, 1933, the Nazis and their allies transformed Germany from a multi-party republic into a one-party dictatorship. The Nazi dictatorship implemented radical racial, political, and social policies. During the first six years of Hitler’s rule, German Jews felt the effects of legislation that transformed them from “citizens” to “outcasts.” In the 1930s, the regime also targeted a variety of alleged “enemies of the state” within German society. 1939–1941 World War II and the Mass Killing of Jews On September 1, 1939, Nazi Germany unleashed World War II by invading Poland. The war radicalized Nazi policies, leading to brutal occupations of conquered territory. German authorities in occupied Poland established ghettos for Jews. They also introduced harsh measures against non-Jewish Poles. Inside Germany and in occupied Polish territories, German physicians and SS staff used gas chambers to kill institutionalized persons with disabilities. In June 1941, German troops invaded the Soviet Union, unleashing a “racial war” that led to the mass murder of Soviet Jews and Soviet prisoners of war. In the weeks and months that followed, Nazi Germany’s leaders decided to carry out the systematic mass murder of Europe’s Jews. 1942–1945 Intensification of Mass Killings In early 1942, Nazi Germany stood at the height of its power. Germany and its allies controlled most of Europe and even parts of North Africa. The SS had established special killing centers with large gas chambers, expanding the “Final Solution,” the mass murder of European Jews. The perpetrators counted on the cooperation of government agencies, local collaborators, and the support or acquiescence of the general population. Even as the war turned against Germany, the Nazi leadership continued its murderous polices. By May 1945, when the war ended, the Nazis and their allies had killed about 6 million Jews. Millions more people had suffered grievous oppression or death under Nazi tyranny. AFTER 1945 End of WWII, Aftermath of the Holocaust, and Genocide after 1945 As Allied troops drove German troops towards defeat, they uncovered Nazi camps and massive evidence of Nazi crimes. The war had uprooted millions who were now “displaced persons” (DPs) waiting for repatriation to their home countries. For tens of thousands of Holocaust survivors, the choices were limited and daunting. Allied occupation forces faced enormous responsibilities: housing and feeding DPs, de-nazifying and democratizing Germany, and bringing those responsible for Nazi crimes to justice. This section also addresses genocides that have occurred since the Holocaust. Real Nazi Meaning and Origin of the Word The Nazi party was the political and military power headed by Adolf Hitler before and during World War II. But what does Nazi stand for in English, and why do people still use it today? Learn all about the meaning and history of the word Nazi, including important facts that are still relevant in modern politics. What Does Nazi Stand For? The word Nazi, meaning "a member of the National Socialist German Workers' Party," is short for the German term for National Socialist (Nationalsozialist). The full German name for the party is Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterparte, or NSDAP. Along with Adolf Hitler, the Nazi party rose to power in the years leading up to World War II, committed war atrocities and attempted genocide during the war before being defeated by the Allied powers in 1945. Colloquially, the term can refer to someone who is extremely zealous about something, such as a "grammar nazi" or a "rules nazi." However, the word is typically lowercase in these instances. Historically and politically, Nazi with a capital "N" refers to a person who follows the principles of Nazism. Nazi Ideology Although the word socialist appears in the party title for Nazism, the Nazi ideology doesn't have much to do with far-left traditional socialism. Hitler's definition of National Socialism, a platform that serves one's country only, is closer to far-right fascism and authoritarianism on the ideological spectrum. Attributes of Nazi ideology include: Totalitarianism - The Nazi party sought sole control of the government and severe punishment of political enemies. The philosophy allowed no dissension among German citizens. Dictatorship - Adolf Hitler was the unquestioned leader of the Nazi party. As he ascended Germany's political ranks, the German government rapidly shifted from a constitutional monarchy to an absolute dictatorship. Limited civil liberties - Personal freedom was unimportant to the Nazis, who quickly took liberty from those it persecuted. These actions ranged from arresting people without cause to executing them in concentration camps. Xenophobia - Nazis wanted to preserve an Aryan race (Nordic heritage) and eliminate all who they deemed to be inferior, especially Jewish people. They put a stop to immigration into Germany and stripped rights from non-German residents. Nationalism - One of the main Nazi party platforms was the unification of Germany after World War I. Nazis believed in Aufbruch der Nation — "a new start for the nation" — to rebuild after suffering economic and infrastructural losses in the first World War. Loyalty - Nazis swore loyalty to Adolf Hitler and Nazi Germany. Common Nazi mottos included Alles für Deutschland ("everything for Germany") and Deutschland über alles ("Germany above all"). Sovereign economy - The Nazi economy did not fall into traditional definitions of economic systems. It had characteristics of capitalism (German citizens of non-Jewish ancestry could own property) and a state-run economy (the labor and production market shifted to accommodate the government's war needs). Although Nazi Germany only existed for 12 years (1933-1945), it made an enormous impact on twentieth-century geopolitical relations. Even the threat of a far-right government's approach to Nazism warrants attention from democratic countries around the world. Who Coined the Word Nazi? While it's difficult to know who exactly coined the word "Nazi" as a nickname for Hitler's party, historians generally agree that it wasn't Hitler. In fact, Hitler disliked the term because it was used as an insult by his enemies. As Mark Forsyth writes in The Etymologicon, Nazi had long been a derogatory nickname for the Bavarian peasant name Ignatius, which referred to a stereotypically unintelligent and clumsy person. It transferred well to the German pronunciation of Nationalsozialist. As anti-Hitler Germans fled the country in the 1930s and 1940s, the teasing nickname for Hitler's party became part of international vocabulary. Party members attempted to reclaim the nickname for their own purposes. Joseph Goebbels, a Nazi propagandist, wrote a pamphlet called Der Nazi-Sozi in 1926 to reclaim the nickname. Leopold von Mildenstein did the same in Ein Nazi fährt nach Palästina in 1934. Some members of the party used the colloquial term, but for the most part, they referred to each other as Nationalsozialisten (National Socialists). What Does SS Stand For? When you see the letters SS in reference to Nazis or World War II, it stands for Schutzstaffel ("protective squad" or "protective eschelon"). The SS was a paramilitary group originally tasked with protecting Hitler and the higher-ranking Nazi officers. It evolved from Hitler's private army, the SA (Sturmabteilung or "assault division"), also known as "brownshirts" or "stormtroopers." One of the most prominent SS members was Heinrich Himmler, who commanded the SS and was responsible for splitting the SS from the SA. As World War II progressed, the SS grew to over 250,000 members and split into subdivisions, including SS Verfügungstruppen ("Dispositional troops"), Totenkopfverbande ("Death's Head Unit") and Waffen SS ("Armed SS"). It worked with Germany's secret state police (Geheime Staatspolizei or "Gestapo") to carry out mass executions, arrest political enemies and operate concentration camps. During the Nuremberg Trials after World War II, the SS was found to be a criminal organization guilty of committing war crimes during the Holocaust. What Does Neo-Nazi Stand For? The prefix neo- means "new." Neo-Nazi is a term that describes "new Nazis" — modern political activists who share the core beliefs of World War II-era Nazism. Another common term for a neo-Nazi is "white supremacist," which indicates that a person values members of the white race above all other races. Unlike traditional Nazis, neo-Nazis value personal freedom and the free market, and they are not a global political force. However, similar to Nazis from the 1930s, neo-Nazi groups are found to be vocal and violent against non-white and non-Christian groups, which is why many neo-Nazi organizations are considered to be domestic terrorists. The Legacy of Nazism While it would be convenient to leave the memories of Nazism in history, the party's beliefs live on. In the decades since the fall of Nazi Germany, individuals, small groups and even major governments have veered toward the same nationalist and xenophobic philosophies as those held by Nazis. Learning more about other fascist governments in history can round out our knowledge on how these forces take power — and how concerned parties can take it back. Thanks for writing us. Untold Story of Swastikas' - A film about the true history of Swastikas' in Hinduism https://rumble.com/v28zb42-untold-story-of-swastikas-a-film-about-the-true-history-of-swastikas-in-hin.html What's is the meaning of Swastikas'? Where did it originate from? Is it that many civilizations used Swastikas' as part of their culture? Answers to all these questions. What's is the meaning of Swastikas'? Where did it originate from? Is it that many civilizations used Swastikas' as part of their culture? Answers to all these questions. Nazi - Swastika The Swastika is a sacred symbol in Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism. It is also a sign of spiritual purity. I Pledge Of Allegiance To The Flag Was A Marketing Ploy Designed To Sell Flags https://rumble.com/v2987kq-i-pledge-of-allegiance-to-the-flag-was-a-marketing-ploy-designed-to-sell-fl.html Americans know the Pledge of Allegiance very well – the great majority of US states require school children to recite it every single morning. But not many of us know the true history of the Pledge of Allegiance. While it's true that the Pledge of Allegiance was created as a way to instill patriotism in American kids, it's also so much more than that. The Pledge has gone through several transformations, each of which provides a really interesting insight into the fears and desires of the United States at a particular point in history. Americans know the Pledge of Allegiance very well – the great majority of US states require school children to recite it every single morning. While it's true that the Pledge of Allegiance was created as a way to instill patriotism in American kids, it's also so much more than that. The Pledge of Allegiance has also stirred up controversy over the years, with its original salute (too close to the Nazi salute for comfort) and the addition of "under God." But most people aren't even aware of one of its hidden controversies – that it was written to sell flags for a magazine. Wow. There's documentary on Rumble that shows not only is the Swastika from eastern culture, it's very much in European culture for centuries. Ancient potteries, frescos, carvings, metal casting and much more. I'd say the Swastika meant to Hitler and Germany was prosperity. 99% of the people do not know the details of treaties of Versailles and Belfour, the worst was the land grab, and the reparations to Jews not even living in Europe at the time. Germany was Handcuffed. After WW1,Admiral of Fleet for HMS was Winston Churchill, he blocked all enter trees of ships delivering food to Germany, almost 1 million German civilians starved to death. Heil Arnold Schwarzenegger Don’t Become A Nazi Loser Like My Dad Covid-19 Shot https://rumble.com/v3sa29u-heil-arnold-schwarzenegger-dont-become-a-nazi-loser-like-my-dad-covid-19-sh.html Arnold Schwarzenegger Say Don’t Become A Nazi Loser Like My Dad And Get Your Covid-19 Death Shots Today Or You're A Schmuck Too. The Weight of what Arnold Schwarzenegger Experienced during a visit to the Nazi Death Camp at Auschwitz was “heavier than any squat I’ve done before,” the actor and retired professional bodybuilder said in a video released Tuesday directed at the rising tide of antisemitism seen heralded by the likes of Kanye West and NBA star Kyrie Irving. In the 12-minute video, Schwarzenegger talks directly to those “who might have already stumbled into the wrong direction,” urging them to dismiss conspiracies surrounding Jewish people, along with race, gender and sexual orientation. “I’ve seen enough people throw away their future for hateful beliefs,” Schwarzenegger says, before referencing his Nazi father, Gustav Schwarzenegger, who he watched “broken” as a child growing up in Austria after the Second World War. “They felt like losers... they fell for a horrible, loser ideology,” Schwarzenegger said of the men he was surrounded by as a kid. “They were lied to and misled into a path that ended in misery… they bought into the idea that the only way to make their lives better was to make other lives worse... It breaks you… it is the path of the weak… there has never been a successful movement based on hate.” Schwarzenegger echoed comments about his father in March 2022 in a video plea to Russians to end the war in Ukraine, revealing Gustav was a German soldier during the siege of Leningrad. You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Corrupt U.S.A. Governments. https://rumble.com/v2kq5mw-you-will-never-trust-another-celebrity-after-watching-this-corrupt-u.s.a.-g.html Once you see this you'll have no faith in these people again! The system-serving airheads that should be tried and imprisoned for crimes against humanity like most politicians, oligarchs, globalists and most medias. Come on Arnold look at the body he made for you, you are Daddy's little squirt, you should be thankful for that, you could have had parents that were 3 foot tall and overweight, hard to make a race horse from an ass, right. You should be pushing everyone out of your way and remind them your father was in the most powerful army ever. I would rather get the gas than stepping on a land mine that blows all three legs off, dead is dead, doesn't matter if from the gun or the knife, the Jews were lucky they only lost 6 Million out of 100 Million others which leaves 94 Million, you never hear those folks bellyaching the same story over and over for 80 years or so. Everybody knows war is hell, for everyone not only Jews.. Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty 34 Dead 171 Wounded https://rumble.com/v3op5v1-israel-surprise-attack-on-united-states-navy-ship-uss-liberty-43-dead-171-w.html Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty incident was an attack on a United States Navy technical research ship (spy ship), USS Liberty, by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy motor torpedo boats, on 8 June 1967, during the Six-Day War. The combined air and sea attack killed 34 crew members (naval officers, seamen, two marines, and one civilian NSA employee), wounded 171 crew members, and severely damaged the ship. At the time, the ship was in international waters north of the Sinai Peninsula, about 25.5 nmi (29.3 mi; 47.2 km) northwest from the Egyptian city of Arish. The documents also suggest that the U.S. government, anxious to spare Israel's reputation and preserve its alliance with the U.S., closed the case with what even some of its participants now say was a hasty and seriously flawed investigation. In declassifying the most recent and largest batch of materials last June 8, the 40th anniversary of the attack, the NSA, this country's chief U.S. electronic-intelligence-gatherer and code-breaker, acknowledged that the attack had "become the center of considerable controversy and debate." It was not the agency's intention, it said, "to prove or disprove any one set of conclusions, many of which can be drawn from a thorough review of this material," An Israeli Foreign Ministry spokesman, Mark Regev, called the attack on the Liberty "a tragic and terrible accident, a case of mistaken identity, for which Israel has officially apologized." Israel also paid reparations of $6.7 million to the injured survivors and the families of those killed in the attack, and another $6 million for the loss of the Liberty itself. The Israeli Air Force had gained control of the skies on the first day of the war by destroying the Egyptian air force on the ground. America was Israel's ally, and the Israelis knew the Americans were there. The ship's mission was to monitor the communications of Israel's Arab enemies and their Soviet advisers, but not Israeli communications. The Liberty felt safe. Then the jets started shooting at the officers and enlisted men stretched out on the deck for a lunch-hour sun bath. I remembered watching a Jewish officer cry when he saw the blue Star of David on the planes' fuselages. At first, crew members below decks had no idea whose planes were shooting at their ship. Thirty-four died that day, including Blue, the only civilian casualty. An additional 171 were wounded in the air and sea assault by Israel. https://www.chicagotribune.com/chi-liberty_tuesoct02-story.html Prior to the Holocaust, there were thriving Jewish communities across the world. The largest Jewish populations were located in Eastern Europe, with communities numbering 3,000,000 in Poland, 2,525,000 in Russia, and 980,000 in Romania. In many large Eastern European cities and towns, such as Warsaw in Poland, Jews fully embraced their country’s culture while also observing traditional Jewish customs. In Western Europe, there were also many sizeable Jewish communities, with 300,000 Jews living in Britain, and 565,000 living in Germany, for example. Here, most Jews were assimilated into the culture of the country in which they lived. However, not all of Europe was as assimilated, or partially assimilated, as Western Europe and the larger towns and cities of Eastern Europe. Cultural separation was more apparent in rural areas of Eastern Europe, such as Poland and Russia. Here, small towns or villages called ‘Shtetls’ were comprised mainly of Jews. In Shtetls, people aimed to live a simple, traditional, life focused around religion, community, and family. After the Nazis came to power and antisemitism intensified, Jewish life in Europe changed forever. This section uses case studies to demonstrate the diversity of pre-war Jewish life. NY rabbi: ‘Not even 1 million’ Jews killed in Holocaust Yosef Mizrachi claims high assimilation rates inflated estimates; ‘he doesn’t know what he’s talking about,’ historian says A controversial ultra-Orthodox rabbi based in New York has said that fewer that one million Jews were killed in the Holocaust, claiming most of those counted among the usually cited figure of six million were not Jewish according to rabbinical law. In a video posted online, Rabbi Yosef Mizrachi can be seen saying that high assimilation rates in pre-war Europe and broad Nazi definitions have exaggerated the numbers of Jews recorded as killed by the Nazis during the Holocaust. At least five million of the six million were “total goyim,” Mizrachi told the crowd, adopting a Hebrew word for non-Jews that many consider pejorative. “The truth, I am telling you, is that not even one million Jews were murdered,” Mizrachi said, trashing accepted historical accounts. “A lot of non-Jews were meshed into the count, but in truth, how many Jews really were killed?” Originally from Israel, Mizrachi moved to the United States in his twenties and received rabbinic ordination there. In the past decade he has been teaching at the Ohr Yeshiva in Monsey, New York, and producing kiruv or Jewish outreach, videos. According to his website, DivineInformation.com, Mizrachi “has spoken in over 5,000 lectures worldwide as well participated in many weekend seminars, radio shows and other Hebrew and English events in which he enriched the knowledge and awareness of Judaism among thousands of Jews who once were lacking Jewish awareness whatsoever.” In the video, one of thousands on his YouTube page — which has amassed over a million views — Mizrachi says it is “very simple” to explain his estimates for the actual number of Jewish victims in the Holocaust. “If you look at the percent of assimilation that there was in Europe, which already reached 80 percent, it’s reasonable to assume that 80 percent of the 6 million were not-Jews,” Mizrachi said. “If your grandfather from your father’s side was Jewish, and the rest were non-Jews, [you went] to the gas chambers. They also put in the wives of Jews that were entirely non Jewish. If she hid him, or they were hidden by non-Jews, if they caught them, they killed them also,” he said in an apparent reference to the Nazis’ definition of Jewishness, which sufficed with a single Jewish grandparent. While historians differ on the exact number of Jews killed at the hands of the Nazis, the most commonly cited figure for the total number has been six million with near-universal agreement among Holocaust scholars. According to British historian Martin Gilbert, the total number of victims is just under six million—around 78% of the 7.3 million Jews in Nazi-occupied Europe at the time. Efraim Zuroff, director of the Simon Wiesenthal Center’s Israel office and a Holocaust historian and Nazi hunter, said there was “absolutely no basis” to Mizrachi’s comments. There is “no historical truth” to the claims made in the video, both regarding the number of Jews killed and the Nazi definitions of who is considered Jewish, Zuroff told The Times of Israel Thursday. “The most populous Jewish communities were in Eastern Europe, and there, intermarriage wasn’t even an issue. Yes, there was some intermarriage in Germany and other places but it is a tiny percentage,” he said. Regarding the claim that many of those included in the tally were not Jewish according to halachic law, Zurroff said: “Half-Jews, as the Nazis called them, were only persecuted as Jews if they were connected to the Jewish community. He doesn’t know what he is talking about.” Zurroff, who has played a key role in bringing indicted Nazi and fascist war criminals to justice, said the use of false facts served a sinister goal. “He is doing two despicable things: He’s warning Jews that lack of observance could cause another Holocaust. He is also mocking Jews who are not religious,” he said. No stranger to controversy, Mizrachi has faced criticism before over comments relating to the Holocaust. In a lecture posted in 2013 titled “Why Did The Holocaust Happen? Torah Codes, Having Faith in God No Matter What,” Mizrachi suggested the behavior of non-religious Jews as a cause for Nazi atrocities and warned that slack observance could bring about “further tragedy.” Conversely, he said, in Arab countries, where he claims Jews were largely religious, there had been “no Hitler, no Holocaust.” In other videos he claimed that Down’s Syndrome and autism are “punishments for sins committed in a previous life.” History Gulag And Russia Jews Holocaust And U.S.A. Concentration Sex Slave Camps https://rumble.com/v40ehwk-history-gulag-and-russia-jews-holocaust-and-u.s.a.-concentration-sex-slave-.html U.S.A. History China Gulag And Russia Jews Goulag Creation of a system of concentration and correctional labor camps began in the Soviet Union in 1919 but “blossomed” during Stalin’s reign of terror. The word Gulag or Goulag is actually an acronym (used from 1930) for (Glavnoye Upravleniye LAGerey), or Main Camp Administration, which was a special division of the secret police and the Soviet Ministry of the Interior overseeing the use of the physical labor of prisoners. Alongside criminals and recidivists, the majority of Goulag prisoners were completely innocent people locked up for a broad variety of political reasons – on the basis of trumped up charges or ethnicity, or even without apparent cause. Nazi-Japanese-U.S.A. Concentration Camps Discipline, Punish, Exploit And Murder https://rumble.com/v358rlm-nazi-japanese-u.s.a.-concentration-camps-discipline-punish-exploit-and-murd.html Nazi Germany was a land of camps. The Nazis set up many different types of camps: camps to discipline, punish, exploit and murder. Concentration camps stood at the center. They helped to establish Nazi rule, led the brutal assault on outsiders and opponents, and engaged in the murderous war against Jews. More than 6 to 7 million men, women and children died in concentration camps between 1933 and 1945. This page lists the main camp complexes under the SS Inspectorate of Concentration Camps and the WVHA-D (with the exception of the special camp Hinzert and the training camp Debica). Other Nazi camps, including death camps like Treblinka, Sobibor, Belzec and Chelmno, are not included. Please note that prisoner and mortality figures are often rough estimates. Also, as many prisoners went through several camps, they were often counted more than once. Six million Jews died in the Holocaust. Jewish communities across Europe were shattered. Many of those who survived were determined to leave Europe and start new lives in Israel or the United States. The population shifts brought on by the Holocaust and by Jewish emigration were astounding. According to the American Jewish Yearbook, the Jewish population of Europe was about 9.5 million in 1933. In 1950, the Jewish population of Europe was about 3.5 million. In 1933, 60 percent of all Jews lived in Europe. In 1950, most Jews (51 percent) lived in the Americas (North and South combined), while only a third of the world's Jewish population lived in Europe. The Jewish communities of eastern Europe were devastated. In 1933, Poland had the largest Jewish population in Europe, numbering over three million. By 1950, the Jewish population of Poland was reduced to about 45,000. The Soviet Union had the largest remaining Jewish population, with some two million Jews. Romania's Jewish population was nearly 757,000 in 1930 and fell to approximately 280,000 (1950). Most of these demographic losses were due to the Holocaust, the rest to postwar emigration from Europe. The Jewish population of central Europe was also devastated. Germany had a Jewish population of 525,000 in 1933 and just 37,000 in 1950. Hungary had 445,000 in 1933 and 190,000 in 1950. Czechoslovakia's Jewish population was reduced from about 357,000 in 1933 to 17,000 in 1950 and Austria's from about 191,000 to just 18,000. In western Europe, the largest Jewish communities remained in Great Britain, with approximately 450,000 Jews (300,000 in 1933) and France, with 235,000 (250,000 in 1933). In southern Europe, the Jewish population fell dramatically: in Greece from about 73,000 in 1933 to just 7,000 in 1950; in Yugoslavia from about 70,000 to 3,500; in Italy from about 48,000 to 35,000; and in Bulgaria from 50,000 in 1933 to just 6,500 in 1950 (the reduction in the Bulgarian Jewish population resulted from postwar emigration). The demographic focus of European Jewry thus shifted from eastern to western Europe. Before the Nazi takeover of power in 1933, Europe had a vibrant and mature Jewish culture. By 1945, most European Jews—two out of every three—had been killed. Most of the surviving remnant of European Jewry decided to leave Europe. Hundreds of thousands established new lives in Israel, the United States, Canada, Australia, Great Britain, South America, and South Africa.

Yes America Is Collapsing Now Today And Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? Taken from news clips and segments of YouTube videos like, 911: Painful Deceptions, 911 Mysteries and Loose Change, this 22 minute video aims to tie together facts given in each of those well done documentaries in order to reveal just a few highlights of the many unanswered questions and problems with the "official story" concerning the events of 9/11. On a deeper level, this video may also be telling us that Babylon is indeed rising. P.S. The American Government Isn't Protecting Us The American People's... Its Is Our Own Government Who Are The One's Who Is Killing Us Today Right Now ? I’m Surprised People Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. Yes that's what our second amendment exists for to take down terrorist tyrant traitors calling themselves government. "You won't get gun control by disarming law-abiding citizens. There's only one way to get real gun control: Disarm the thugs and the criminals, lock them up, and if you don't actually throw away the key, at least lose it for a long time." - President Reagan The natural right to keep & bear arms protects all of our other natural rights. Two of the very few reasons government exists is to protect the country and protect the natural rights of its citizens. However, the government, fed and state, have abandoned their purpose and have made themselves the enemy of America and Americans. They not only fail to protect our rights, they steal our wealth to spend Attacking our natural rights and trying to replace them with socialist welfare & subsidies like murdering babies & state-mismanaged death care. The Second Amendment is not about duck hunting…. It is about our rights, all of our rights to be able to protect ourselves from ‘All Enemies Foreign and Domestic’. This includes protections from a possible Tyrannical Government.” No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called highjackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. SEPT. 09 /11 2001 - FALSE FLAG CONSPIRACY - FINALLY SOLVED NAMES, CONNECTIONS, MOTIVES - https://rumble.com/v28y81y-sept.-09-11-2001-false-flag-conspiracy-finally-solved-names-connections-mot.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA has since sponsored space expeditions, both human and mechanical, that have yielded vital information about the solar system and universe. During the 1960s, NASA started its space science and interplanetary probe program, with the Mariner program being its flagship program, launching probes to Venus, Mars, and Mercury in the 1960s. The Jet Propulsion Laboratory was the lead NASA center for robotic interplanetary exploration, making significant discoveries about the inner planets. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. I will post the most up to date links, but some of the originals are gone. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone In 2025!

Brief Overview of the History of Israel The land which is today the country of Israel has been sacred to the Jewish people for thousands of years. Today the land is also sacred to other religions such as Christianity. In 2000 BC, the Jewish Patriarch Abraham was promised the land of Israel by God. This is a timeline of modern Israeli history, comprising important legal and territorial changes and political events in Israel and its predecessor states, along with important events which influenced the Zionist movement. To read about the background to these events, see History of Israel. Here is a timeline beginning around 1948, including the latest violence in the Gaza Strip: ... The Ottoman Empire had controlled that part of the Middle East from the early 16th century until control of most of the region was granted to the British after World War I. Both Israelis and Palestinians were struggling for self-determination and sovereignty over the territory, developing respective movements for their causes. Timeline and History Overview - Israel Timeline BCE 1700s - Abraham settles in the land of Israel (Canaan). 1500 - Joseph is sold into slavery. His family join him in Egypt. 1400s - The Hebrews are enslaved by the Egyptians. Baby Moses Being Rescued 1300 - Moses leads the Hebrews out of Egypt. 1200s - The Hebrews arrive in Israel. 1020 - Saul is crowned the first King of Israel. 1000 - David becomes King of Israel. 922 - Israel is split into two nations: Israel in the north and Judah in the south. 722 - The Assyrians conquer the Northern Kingdom. 586 - Babylon, ruled by Nebuchadnezzar II, conquers Judah and destroys the Temple and takes many Israelites captive. 538 - Cyrus the Great, King of Persia, conquers Babylonia. He allows the Jewish people to return home. The Tower of David 516 - The Second Temple is constructed in Jerusalem. 322 - The Greeks, led by Alexander the Great, conquer Israel along with all of Persia and Egypt. 167 - The Maccabean revolt occurs and brings independence to the Jews. 63 - Rome, led by Pompey the Great, conquers Israel. 37 - Herod the Great is made King of Israel by Rome. CE 30 - Jesus Christ is crucified. 70 - The Romans destroy the Second Temple and much of Jerusalem. 73 - The last of the Jewish rebels are defeated at Masada. 132 - The Jewish people revolt against Roman rule. Hundreds of thousands of Jews are killed. The Western Wall 200 - The Mishnah, the first portion of the Talmud, is written down. This is the oral traditions and law of the Jewish people. 350 - The Jerusalem version of the Talmud is completed. Another version, the Babylonian version, will be compiled around 500 CE. 614 - The Persians capture Jerusalem after the Siege of Jerusalem. 629 - The Byzantine Empire recaptures Jerusalem. 638 - Muslim forces capture Jerusalem. 691 - The Dome of the Rock is built on the Temple Mount. 1071 - The Seljuk Turks take control of Jerusalem and forbid Christians from entering the city. 1096 - Christians in Europe embark on the First Crusade. 1099 - Crusaders take control of Jerusalem. 1187 - Saladin, the Sultan of Egypt, captures Jerusalem. Jews are allowed to enter the city. 1517 - The Ottoman Empire conquers the Mamluk Sultanate and takes control of Israel. Suleiman the Magnificent rebuilds much of Jerusalem. The Ottoman Empire will rule until the 1900s. Modern Day Israel 1914 - World War I begins. 1917 - The Ottoman Empire is defeated by the British. 1920 - The British take over Israel as part of the Palestine Mandate. 1939 - World War II begins. During the war 6 million Jewish people will be killed by Adolf Hitler and Nazi Germany in the Holocaust. 1945 - World War II comes to an end. 1948 - The independent country of Israel is declared. The first Prime Minister of Israel is David Ben-Gurion. Golda Meir 1948 - Israel is attacked by a coalition of Arab countries including Egypt, Jordan, Iraq, Syria, and Lebanon in the first Arab-Israeli War. The Israelis win the war. 1949 - The first Knesset (Israeli assembly) is held. Israel becomes a member of the United Nations. 1956 - The Suez Crisis occurs when Egypt takes control of the Suez Canal. 1967 - The Six-Day War is fought between Israel and a group of Arab nations including Egypt, Syria, Jordan, and Iraq. Israel won the war and took control of the Gaza Strip, the West Bank, and the Golan Heights. 1969 - Golda Meir is elected Prime Minister. She is the first woman prime minister of Israel. 1973 - The Yom Kippur War takes place when Egypt and Syria attack Israel on the Jewish holy day of Yom Kippur. Israel was able to push back the Egyptian army. 1979 - Israel signs a peace treaty with Egypt at Camp David in the United States. 1980 - The Shekel becomes the official currency of Israel replacing the Israeli lira. Begin and Sadat 1991 - The Gulf War occurs. Israel is hit by Scud missiles from Iraq. 2009 - Benjamin Netanyahu is elected prime minister. Brief Overview of the History of Israel The land which is today the country of Israel has been sacred to the Jewish people for thousands of years. Today the land is also sacred to other religions such as Christianity. In 2000 BC, the Jewish Patriarch Abraham was promised the land of Israel by God. Abraham's descendents became the Jewish people. The Kingdom of Israel emerged around 1000 BC and was ruled by great kings such as King David and Solomon. Over the next 1000 plus years various empires would take control of the land. These included the Assyrian, Babylonian, Persian, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine Empires. In the 7th century the land was taken over by the Muslims. Later, the land would change hands a few times until the Ottoman Empire took control in 1517. The Ottoman Empire ruled until the 1900s. During the rule of the Arabs and the Ottoman Empire, the Jewish nation had dispersed throughout the world. Many millions lived in European countries. During World War II, Nazi Germany had hoped to exterminate the Jewish people through the Holocaust. Millions of Jewish people were executed and killed in concentration camps. After the end of World War II the United Nations divided up Israel between Arab and Jewish states. The Arabs rejected this division. On May 14, 1948 the Jewish people in the area proclaimed independence, naming their country Israel. Egypt, Iraq, Syria, and Lebanon immediately attacked and the 1948 Arab-Israeli War began. After a year of fighting a ceasefire was declared and temporary borders were established. Hostilities continued between the Arabs and the Israelis in a series of wars including the Yom Kippur War in 1973. Today the tensions and hostility still exists between the two. https://jcpa.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/TimeLine.pdf Israel's History ​ Why it’s so important to understand a brief overview of the historical periods of Israel. The Holy Land is an old place, about the oldest in the world! While in the Holy Land, you’ll be seeing things as old as 6,000 years. That’s old! Different periods of history will be referred to when describing Israel’s holy sites and places. Please realize that there will likely be several key events at a particular site that have taken place there. Each event will have happened during a specific period in Israel’s history. If you can understand the different periods a little, you’ll get much more out of your experience. Chronology of Time Used by Archaeologists and Historians Early Bronze Age 4000–2000 BC Middle Bronze Age 2000–1500 BC Late Bronze Age 1500–1200 BC Iron 1 Age 1200–1000 BC Iron 2 Age 1000–586 BC Canaanite Period 4000–1875 BC 4000 BC – Canaanites inhabit the land of Israel. 2500 BC – Noah and the Great Flood. 2100 BC – Tower of Babel 2095 BC – Abraham moves to the land of Canaan from Ur of the Chaldeans. 1880 BC – Jacob and his family move to Egypt to live with Joseph. Israelite Period 1450–965 BC 1450 BC – Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt. 1406 BC – Nation of Israel enters the Promised Land. 1012 BC – King Saul unifies the 12 Hebrew tribes into the United Kingdom of Israel. 1004–965 BC – King David's reign. First Temple Period 965–586 BC 965–925 BC – King Solomon’s reign; glory years of the Kingdom of Israel. 950 BC – Solomon builds the magnificent temple on Mount Moriah in Jerusalem (same place Abraham intended to sacrifice Isaac). 926 BC – Kingdom of Israel divides because of Solomon’s sins. Jeroboam reigns over the northern Kingdom of Israel from Samaria. Rehoboam reigns over the southern Kingdom of Israel from Jerusalem. 722 BC – Assyrians conquer and deport most of the northern Kingdom of Israel to Assyria. 586 BC – Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and Judah under Nebuchadnezzar and deport most of the southern Kingdom of Judah to Babylon. Second Temple Period 538–444 BC 538 BC – Many Jews return from Babylon; Second Temple began to be rebuilt under the leadership of Zerubbabel. 515 BC – Completion and Dedication of the Temple 458 BC – Ezra returns to Jerusalem with a second wave of Jews and teaches all Israelites about the Bible. 444 BC – Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem to rebuild the city walls. Hellenistic Period (Greek Rule) 333–167 BC 333 BC – Alexander the Great defeats the Persian Empire and sets out to conquer the world. After his sudden death in 323 BC, the Greek Empire is divided. During this period, the Bible is translated into Greek (the Septuagint). Hasmonean Period (Maccabean Rule) 167–63 BC 167 BC – When the Jews were prohibited from practicing Judaism, and their temple was desecrated as part of an effort to impose Greek-oriented culture and customs on the entire population, the Jews revolted. First led by Mattathias of the priestly Hasmonean family and then by his son Judah the Maccabee, the Jews subsequently entered Jerusalem and purified the temple. This purification of the temple is remembered by the Jewish Holiday, Hanukkah (164 BC). Roman Period (Roman Rule) 63 BC–313 AD 63 BC – Jerusalem is captured by Roman general Pompey. 37 BC–4 BC – Herod, Roman vassal king, rules the Land of Israel. He enlarges the Temple Mount and rebuilds the temple. He also builds other monumental projects, including Caesarea, Herodian, Cave of the Patriarchs, and Masada. 4 BC – Jesus is born in Bethlehem. 27–30 AD – Ministry of Jesus. 30 AD – Jesus crucified. 66 AD – Jewish revolt against the Romans. 70 AD – Destruction of Jerusalem and Second Temple. 74 AD – Fall of Masada. 132 AD – Bar Kokhba Revolt. Roman Emperor Hadrian destroys Jerusalem and builds Aelia Capitolina, a pagan city in its place. Many holy sites are preserved, but with pagan shrines on them. Byzantine Period (Eastern Roman Empire Rule) 313–614 AD 313 – Emperor Constantine recognizes Christianity, later becoming a Christian himself. 326 – Constantine’s mother, Helena, goes to the Holy Land and builds many churches and basilicas on holy sites. Persian Period 614–628 AD 614 – Persian conquest of the Holy Land. Many churches and monasteries destroyed. 628 – Holy Land recaptured by the Byzantines. Muslim/Arab Period 638–1099 AD 638 – Muslim/Arab conquest of the Holy Land completed. Rule is by Caliphs from Damascus, then from Baghdad, and then Egypt. 691 – On top of the First and Second Temples in Jerusalem, the Dome of the Rock is built by Caliph Abd el-Malik. Crusader Period 1099–1291 AD 1099 – Crusaders (Catholic armies from Rome) conquer Jerusalem and many parts of Israel. 1147 – Second Crusade arrives in the Holy Land. 1187 – Destruction of the Crusader army by Muslim leader Saladin. Collapse of Crusader Kingdom begins. 1265 – Mamelukes, led by Sultan Beybars, conquer the Holy Land. 1270 – Final Crusade arrives, and all its participants are massacred. 1291 – Last Crusader stronghold of Acco taken, ending Crusader rule. Mamluk (Muslim) Period 1291–1517 AD 1291 – Mamluk rule begins. 1333 – Franciscan Order established in Jerusalem. Its members care for holy places and pilgrims. By the end of the Middle Ages, the country’s urban centers were virtually in ruins, most of Jerusalem was abandoned, and the small Jewish community was poverty-stricken. The period of Mamluk decline was darkened by political and economic upheavals, plagues, locust invasions, and devastating earthquakes. Ottoman (Muslim) Period 1517–1917 AD 1517 – Following the Ottoman conquest in 1517, the land was divided into four districts and attached administratively to the province of Damascus and ruled from Istanbul. 1520 – Suleiman the Magnificent rebuilds the city walls of Jerusalem. 1799 – Napoleon Bonaparte invades Israel but fails to capture it and is forced to leave. 1860 – The first neighborhood, Mishkenot Sha'ananim, is built outside of Jerusalem’s city walls. 1882 – First large-scale immigration to Israel, mainly from Russia. 1904 – Second large-scale immigration from Russia and Poland. British Period 1917–1948 AD 1917 – British Foreign Minister Lord Balfour issued on November 2, 1917, the so-called Balfour Declaration, which gave official support for the “establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people” with the commitment not to be prejudiced against the rights of the non-Jewish communities. 1947 – The United Nations approved the partition of Israel into separate Jewish and Arab states on November 29, 1947. State of Israel Period 1948 to Present 1948 – On the day when the British Mandate in Palestine expired, the State of Israel was instituted on May 14, 1948, by the Jewish National Council under the presidency of David Ben Gurion. 1948–1949 – The Arab-Israeli War; the Arabs refused to accept the newly established State of Israel. Egypt, Syria, Transjordan, Lebanon, and Iraq attack Israel, but within a year, Israel defeated its attackers. 1950 – Western Jerusalem was proclaimed the capital city of Israel on January 23, 1950. 1956 – The Suez Crisis: Israelis invade Egyptian territory in October of 1956. 1956 – After Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser nationalized the company that administered the Suez Canal, a joint attack by the French and British was launched. Egypt suffered military disaster in November 2, 1956. Israel captured the Sinai Peninsula, but after international condemnation, Israel was forced to withdraw. 1967 – Six-Day War: after Egypt closed the Straits of Tiran on May 22, 1967, Israel launched an attack on Egyptian, Jordanian, Syrian, and Iraqi airports on June 5, 1967. After six days, Israel conquered Jerusalem, the Golan Heights, Sinai, and the West Bank. 1973 – Yom Kippur War: on October 6, 1973, on the Jewish holiday of Yom Kippur, Syria and Egypt launched a surprise attack against Israel. After initial success of the attackers, Israel managed to cross the Suez into Egypt and endangered Cairo. After the intervention of the USA and USSR, military operations ended on October 25, 1973. 1978 – The Camp David Accord was signed by Israeli Prime Minister Menahen Begin, and Egyptian President Anvar as Sadat in September 1978, in Camp David, USA. Israel agreed to withdraw from the occupied Sinai Peninsula. 1979 – The Israel-Egypt Peace Treaty was signed on March 26, 1979, in Washington. https://www.holylandsite.com/israel-history-timeline The land of Israel has been populated by the Jewish people since 2000 BC. Here's the timeline, in case you didn't realize that it is their homeland, as designated by Yahweh. 1900 BC: Abraham chosen by God as the Father of the Jewish Nation. 1900 BC: Isaac, Abraham's son, rules over Israel. 1850 BC: Jacob, son of Issac, rules over Israel. 1400 BC: Moses leads the people out of Egypt and back to Israel. 1010 BC: King David unites the 12 tribes into one nation. 970 BC: King Solomon, son of David, builds the first temple structure in Jerusalem 930 BC: Israel is divided into two kingdoms, the Kingdom of Israel and the Kingdom of Judah. 800s BC: The rise of the prophets, God's messengers. 722 BC: Kingdom of Israel is conquered by Assyrians. 605 BC: Kingdom Judah is conquered by the Babylonians. 586 BC: Solomon's Temple is destroyed by the Babylonians. 539 BC: Persians conquer the Babylonians and take control of Israel. 538 BC: The Jews return to Israel from exile. 520 BC: The Temple is rebuilt. 450 BC: Reforms made by Ezra and Nehemiah. 433 BC: Malachi is the end of the prophetic age. 432 BC: The last group of Jews return from exile. 333 BC: The Greeks conquer the Persian empire. 323 BC: The Egyptian and Syrian empire take over Israel. 167 BC: Hasmonean's recapture Israel, and the Jews are ruled independently. 70 BC: Romans conquer Israel. 20 BC: King Herod builds the "third" temple 6 BC: Jesus Christ is born in Bethlehem 70 AD: Romans destroy the temple After that, the people were captives to the Romans, Byzantines, Arabs, and Crusaders. Through all of these events, the Jewish people continued to live in Israel. There were more or less of them, depending on the centuries, but there was never a time when the Jews didn't live in the land. They stayed, they built their communities, they raised their families, practiced their faith and they suffered at the hands of many outside rulers, but they always kept their faith. It is what sustains them, even now. In 1948, the UN established the State of Israel, the nation of Jews. Don't buy the Palestinian lies that they are entitled to the land. It simply is not true. Yahweh will also provide a way for his chosen people to live in Israel, as He has for thousands of years. Pray for the people of Israel. Are most Palestinian families originally from Palestine? No. My ancestors originate from near the Iraqi / Jordanian border. While part of my family started settling in what used to be called British Mandate Palestine, other parts of my family moved east to Baghdad. As children and young teenagers my paternal grandfather would tell me and my sister all kinds of lovely stories about his life, adventures, and businesses he used to own in Baghdad. One recurring topic was the exodus of Iraq’s Jewish communities, which he always called a great national catastrophe and personal tragedy. Iraq’s Jewish communities were one of the main import / export trading backbones and so when these communities disappeared their excellent trading connections and business relationships disappeared with them as well, as did much of the wealth they had generated and that helped sustain much of Iraqi society. This had the rather unfortunate side effect and consequence that many Arab companies, including my grandfather’s companies, slowly but surely went out of business, because they depended to a large extent on the excellent trade relationships Iraq’s Jewish communities had established and maintained for generations. My grandfather never had a bad word to say about the Jewish families with whom he did business. In fact he always told us they were the most fair, reliable, and trustworthy business people one could hope to call ones friends. To this very day my father and mother maintain that opinion and memory, because they are both old enough to remember Jordan’s iron fist occupation of the West Bank and every subsequent conflict since then. They used to tell us stories about the nationalistic lunacy that spread like wildfire throughout the West Bank and eventually resulted in the creation of the PLO, which of course wasn’t merely happy waging its ridiculous and bloody war of attrition against Israel, but also thought it wise and clever to publicly call for the overthrow of Jordan’s Hashemite Monarchy. Thanks to the excellent, fair, and honest experiences my grandfather had enjoyed with the Jewish communities in Iraq, our grandparents and parents always trusted Israeli leaders more than our own, which is why we never fled and have always remained in more or less the same part of the West Bank in which our ancestors settled. Since I and my family believe in peaceful coexistence and normalisation with liberal and pluralist Israel, we don’t see any reason why we should have to return to Jordan. However, we can understand why many Israelis think that way. Our Arab and Palestinians leaders have steadfastly refused to accept anything and everything ever offered to them that didn’t first and foremost include the eradication of all the Jews in what used to be known as British Mandate Palestine. When Anwar Sadat eventually and very bravely made peace with Israel he was assassinated by Muslim fanatics who later on went on to attack the USA in the first World Trade Center bombing of 1993. Our Palestinian leaders have never been interested in peace with Israel or the West for that matter. As already mentioned above, the PLO even thought it a good idea to try and topple and wage war against Jordan’s Hashemite Monarchy in 1970, which didn’t exactly work out too well for us either. While our Arab leaders were either fighting each other or trying to exterminate Israel, Israelis made the desert bloom, fought off countless attacks against overwhelming odds, and have made their country into the world’s most successful, liberal and pluralist high-tech startup nation. Meanwhile history has spoken and we Palestinians still keep running full speed ahead and fully armed towards the wrong side of history, which these days is nothing more than an impenetrable concrete wall / wire fence that wouldn’t need to divide anything or anybody, if it were not so necessary and successful keeping Israelis safe from our relentlessly murderous Palestinian terrorist attacks. Over the past couple of weeks Palestinian and Israeli women have marched together for peace only to be denounced by both Hamas and the BDS movement (that ironically enough always claims to be in favour of peace and against terrorism, yet clearly prefers siding with murderous Islamic terrorists instead of harmless female peace activists). It’s time for Israeli and Western liberals to realise Israeli politicians on both the right and left side of the political spectrum can continue offering peace to our Palestinian leaders as much and often as they like, safe in the knowledge our Palestinian leaders will always and forever turn down every single offer, regardless of how generous it is, unless it includes the destruction of the State of Israel and the exodus of all Jews. That said, hope dies last, as they say. For what little it’s worth, I and my wife hope for the sake of all children and grandchildren on both sides of the divide that peace is in the offing - sooner rather than later. If you liked my answer or comment, please be so kind and „Upvote“ it and also consider following me. The more public support and followers I receive, the safer it is (in theory at least) for me here in the West Bank to speak my mind as freely as possible and advocate for peaceful coexistence and normalisation between our two people. In pre 1948 Palestine the indigenous population consisted of the descendants of Arab, Druze, Greek, Turkish and other immigrants throughout history. The great majority, though, were made up of the descendants of Jews - Jews who converted to Christianity, Jews who converted to Islam and the Jews who did not convert. They all spoke Arabic and as such they may be classed as linguistic Arabs. The last group that we need to include in the mix are the Jewish refugees from Europe. These people spoke Yiddish from which they developed something called Modern Hebrew which is not Hebrew at all but a mixture of Slavic and Yiddish with a smattering of scriptural/liturgical Hebrew. Hence modern Hebrew may be thought of as a Creole language. “The genetic profile of Palestinians has, for the first time, been studied by using human leukocyte antigen (HLA) gene variability and haplotypes. The comparison with other Mediterranean populations by using neighbor-joining dendrograms and correspondence analyses reveal that Palestinians are genetically very close to Jews and other Middle East populations, including Turks (Anatolians), Lebanese, Egyptians, Armenians, and Iranians. Archaeologic and genetic data support that both Jews and Palestinians came from the ancient Canaanites, who extensively mixed with Egyptians, Mesopotamian, and Anatolian peoples in ancient times.” The origin of Palestinians and their genetic relatedness with other Mediterranean populations The genetic profile of Palestinians has, for the first time, been studied by using human leukocyte antigen (HLA) gene variability and haplotypes. The comparison with other Mediterranean populations by using neighbor-joining dendrograms and correspondence analyses reveal that Palestinians are genetically very close to Jews and other Middle East populations, including Turks (Anatolians), Lebanese, Egyptians, Armenians, and Iranians. Archaeologic and genetic data support that both Jews and Palestinians came from the ancient Canaanites, who extensively mixed with Egyptians, Mesopotamian, and Anatolian peoples in ancient times. Thus, Palestinian-Jewish rivalry is based in cultural and religious, but not in genetic, differences. The relatively close relatedness of both Jews and Palestinians to western Mediterranean populations reflects the continuous circum-Mediterranean cultural and gene flow that have occurred in prehistoric and historic times. This flow overtly contradicts the demic diffusion model of western Mediterranean populations substitution by agriculturalists coming from the Middle East in the Mesolithic-Neolithic transition. Who were the native people of palestine? There were a number of Canaanite tribes, who were the first inhabitants of the land of whom we have any knowledge. Historical evidence (as opposed to religious mythology) tells us that the Jewish people, referred to then as Hebrews or Israelites, emerged from among the Canaanite peoples; they were not foreign immigrants or invaders. Over a period of time, the Jewish people grew ascendant in the land. Some of the other tribes were absorbed, and became part of the Jewish people. The notion of twelve tribes, descending from the twelve sons of Jacob, also known as Israel, was probably a symbolic way of building connections and mutual identity among the disparate tribes. The Israelites, or Jews, were the only people to ever rule an independent kingdom or country in that land; for the rest of human history, the land you call Palestine was part of one conquering empire or another, colonized and ruled from afar. Of the Canaanite tribes, only the Jewish people or Israelites still exist today, and retain their identity. The other Canaanites were either absorbed into the Jewish people, or assimilated into one or another of the various conquering cultures, and lost their individual identities. An offshoot of the Jewish people, known as the Samaritans, also still survive today, with a distinct identity. The name “Palestine”, by the way, was first used by the Greeks, to refer to the part of the land, roughly corresponding to Gaza, that was invaded and ruled for a while by an Aegean sea people known as the Philistines (Plishtim, in Hebrew). The Roman Empire later renamed the entire land of Israel or Judea, as it was known for about 1000 years, and called it “Syria Palaestina”. This renaming, after the historical enemies of the Jewish people, was a deliberate insult, in revenge for a Jewish rebellion that almost succeeded in throwing off Roman rule. That Roman renaming of the land is the reason that it became known as Palestine. That happened in 135 CE. From then until 1948, the Jewish people were sometimes referred to as Palestinians. They were the only ones known by that name, though it was not a name they generally used for themselves. When other groups attempted to use it to refer to the Arabs who lived in the region, in the 1800’s and 1900’s, the Arabs adamantly insisted that only Jews were Palestinians, and Arabs were either just Arabs, or Syrians. In 1948, when the State of Israel achieved independence (after a Mandate period, during which the British government violated its mandate multiple times, by giving away much of the land to create an Arab country, called Jordan, allowing unchecked Arab immigration into the land, and preventing or limiting Jewish immigration, when it was charged with facilitating Jewish return to their ancestral land), the Jewish people discarded the name “Palestine”, and restored one of the ancient native names for the land, Israel. Two decades later, in a bold propaganda move, the Arabs who were trying to destroy Israel and claim the land as an Arab state declared themselves to be “Palestinians”, in the hope that people would forget when and how they adopted the name, and would associate Arabs with the land’s history. Edited to add: Comments consisting of anti-Israel propaganda, personal attacks, and racist insults will be reported and then deleted. The race that Palestinians are considered to belong to, is going to depend on what country Palestinians are placed in. This is because race is a social construct. If race means clearly delineated groups with more in common, physically, with each other than other races, then race is a social construct. Human physical characteristics change gradually over large areas and there are no clearly delineated groups. To give an example tell me who is white and who is South Asian, or middle eastern. Greeks, turks, Azeris, persians, baluchis, pashtuns, punjabis. Each group has much in common physically with the one beside it but most people would say theres a line somewhere that seperates them into groups. No matter where the line is, it appears arbitrary. Back to the original question, when i lived in Bahrain my facial features and dark hair meant that i was considered a light skinned middle easterner. People assumed I was Lebanese. Most Palestinians got the same treatment. In the US I am considered white, and actually all middle easterners are considered white by the census bureau. That said socially it is more complicated. If most middle easterners wear western dress they are white, even if the other person knows they are middle eastern. So people like, former presidential candidate, Ralph Nader are considered white. However if a middle eastern person wears traditionally islamic dress they are generally considered to belong to a different non-white middle eastern racial group. So the dress of Palestinians determines their race in the USA. Do Palestinians like Lebanese? Among Palestinians living in the West Bank there isn’t really a concrete opinion about Lebanese people. Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza with PA passports cannot enter Lebanon, and Lebanese people cannot enter Palestine/Israel either, that’s why an average Palestinian who hasn’t left the country before probably never met a Lebanese person, so naturally, if any opinions exist they are going to be prejudiced. With that being said even prejudiced opinions were so much more prevalent among older generations than younger generations. Most of the youth, myself included, weren’t even born during the civil war so any hostility that might’ve existed then doesn’t concern us. The only thing all generations would agree on is the feelings of resentment towards the treatment of Palestinians in refugee camps in Lebanon, but very few people would blame the Lebanese as a collective for that as the majority realize the average Lebanese has no hand in it. But do we think the Lebanese government should take a different approach in dealing with the refugees? Of course, but this is a topic for another day. In the few countries I’ve been to I met many Lebanese, but there is one encounter worth mentioning; My friend and I were waiting for the train to arrive at a train station in New York City, we were speaking in our native Palestinian tongue, a Lebanese girl approached us and asked us if we were Lebanese, when we told her we were Palestinian she said “Oh, I couldn’t tell” and we exchanged numbers two minutes later and ended up making plans for a weekend outing without putting much thought into it because it only feels normal to make relations withourpeople. Maybe in the Middle East the Palestinian - Lebanese divide is more noticeable because both sides feel compelled to fall back on their own distinct identity to defend their sovereignty especially after everything both sides have been through, but that aside, the culture, the language, the traditions are very similar and we do not see any reason for us to feel negatively about Lebanese people. What does the average Palestinian look like? Palestine is (with Iraq and Syria) at a crossing place of the whole of Eurasia, and is an anciently cosmopolitan area, so the population is very mixed. When you walk down a Palestinian street you can see in people’s faces signs of many different origins (see picture), and these go back centuries and millennia. In no particular order, you can see Persian, Arabic, Turkic (from Ottoman times), Greek (from Alexandrian and Byantine times), various African types (from African slaves - Gaza was a major slave-market a millennium ago), Jewish (remnants of Jews who remained in Palestine after the diaspora in Roman times), European (from Crusaders and Vikings), Kurdish and Circassian (Caucasian) strains. Ancient races such as the Canaanites will have left traces in the gene stock. It goes right back, literally over 100,000 years. So it’s difficult to typify Palestinians - they aren’t genetically or culturally just one people. However, you could say that Palestinian Christians often look more Greek than Arabic or Persian. People in this part of the Middle East are more intensely variable than in many parts of the world, and going a very long way back. Bizarrely, a small portion of the Palestinians and Bedouin derive from Jewish stock that never left the region in the diaspora, having converted to Islam centuries ago, and Israelis treat them the same as they do other Palestinians (badly). It’s all very complex - people in different towns can have somewhat different looks, since the region is very variegated locally. The West Bank is very hilly, which sections it up into little localities. Added to this, in theNaqbaof 1948, when many Palestinians were cleansed from what is now Israel, many refugees headed for specific Palestinian towns - so there are many people from Haifa area in Jenin, from Tel Aviv area in Bethlehem and from what is now southern Israel in Hebron and Gaza. Are The Palestinians the true Israelites? The primary historical source of the people called the Children of Israel, otherwise known as Israelites, is the Bible. Anyone who accepts the veracity of the Bible must also accept that the people to whom the Bible refers are those people whose heritage is based upon the Bible, the “People of the Book”, namely the Jewish People. The Arabs who lived in the parts of Ottoman Asia that were formerly Judea, renamed by Roman Emperor HadrianPalestinain the year 135, approximately 500 years before the emergence of the Arab people from the Arabian Peninsula, never claimed to be Israelites or Judeans, they claimed to be Arabs, as did the vast majority of those living in Ottoman Asia. Yousef Diya al-Khalidi, Ottoman mayor of Jerusalem in the 1870’s, wrote in a letter addressed to Rabbi Zadoc Kahn on March 1, 1899:“Zionism in principle is natural, beautiful, and just… Who could contest the rights of the Jews in Palestine? My God, historically it is your country!”. It would be convenient for those wishing to turn the clocks back a century and undo Zionism, if it had occurred to the Arabs in Palestine at the time, to make the ridiculous claim that, contrary to common knowledge, the population of Palestine are in fact the rightful heirs of the Judean people. But no such fiction was perpetrated, instead the Jews were told by the Arabs who had colonized the Jews’ lost homeland, thattheyhad Palestine now and that they would do whatever it takes to prevent the Jewish people from reclaiming what was firmly in Arab possession. Palestine has been firmly in the possession of the true Israelites, the People of the Book, for 73 years now. The clock will not be turned back. This reality is beginning to sink in for many of the proponents of the Palestinians, who have begun to realize that, now that half of the Jews in the world live in Israel, it would be more beneficial to form a partnership with the Jewish people than to continue to fantasize about turning back clocks. Unfortunately there remain many like the OP who prefer fantasy to reality. Who are Palestinians, and who are Arabs? The question of “who is an Arab” is understandably confusing. Until about the 6th century CE Arabs were the people who lived in the Arabian Peninsula. When Mohammed founded Islam and came to power the Islamic empire emerged, and in short order the empire spread throughout the Middle East and into parts of Africa and Europe. The lands that were integrated into the Islamic caliphate were “Arabized” - the Islamic culture displaced the local cultures. Aside from ethnic Arabians who colonized these lands, the local populations adopted the Islamic culture, language, and religion. Most likely there were many Arabized natives who had intermarried with ethnic Arabians. So Arabs are the combination of people who are ethnically Arabian with those who live in countries that were “Arabized”. Over the centuries the distinction has blurred to the point that people who live in Arab lands are identified as Arab regardless of whether they have any true Arabian ancestry. There are, however, countries where Islam became the official religion, and Arab culture was adopted to a greater or lesser degree, but the ethnic identity of the population was preserved. So, for instance, Persians (Iranians), Turks, and even Egyptians are not considered “ethnically” Arab. The Turkish (Ottoman) empire defeated the Islamic Caliphate, and ruled over the Middle East and large parts of Europe and Africa, starting around the 14th century. The Ottomans were Moslem and their culture was nearly identical to Arabic culture, so very little changed for the Arabs of the Middle East. Their Arab identity was retained. Now, as for Palestine, in the year 70 CE Roman forces defeated the Kingdom of Judea and changed Judea into a Roman province. In the year 135 CE the Jews attempted a revolt to reclaim Judea and, once crushed, emperor Hadrian renamed what was Judea as Palestine, using the name of an extinct people who colonized a strip of land roughly where the Gaza Strip is today. The idea was not original. There was a Greek historian who referred to Judea as Palestina centuries earlier. When the Roman empire adopted Christianity, the Jewish city of Jerusalem, where the Holy Temple stood in Jesus’ day, was central to their religion. After the Islamic conquest of Palestine, the region within which Jerusalem was located, recapturing Jerusalem became the focus of the competition between the Christian and Arab worlds. For scattered periods of history Jerusalem and parts of the region of Palestine were held by Crusader forces. The rest of the time the region of Palestine was nothing more than a small part of the greater Islamic or Ottoman empires. Thus the name Palestine for the region that was once Judea was preserved over the centuries despite the fact that the region was an indistinct region within vast empires and not an independent entity. During World War I allied forces liberated all of the Middle East from Turkish imperial rule and, under the authority of the League of Nations, the Middle East was arbitrarily divided into a collection of “Mandates”, one of which was Mandatory Palestine. Understandably the Arab people did not recognize the division of their world into arbitrary States and Arabs in Mandatory Palestine refused to accept the identity as “Palestinian”. The Jews in Palestine had no affinity to Arabs outside “Palestine” and gladly accepted the identity of Palestinian. The individuals commonly referred to as Palestinians these days are Arabs who resided in Mandatory Palestine following World War I, and did not receive Israeli citizenship. The term is also used to identify the offspring of Arabs who resided in Mandatory Palestine following World War I, their spouses, and probably their spouses’ extended families. Only Arabs are referred to as Palestinian. Pope's Audience Hall Is A Snake Head Revelation 20:2 Satan Is Bound Thousand Years https://rumble.com/v3pizvl-popes-audience-hall-is-a-snake-head-revelation-202-satan-is-bound-thousand-.html Every Single Catholic Worships Satan That old serpent, and dragon, and don't even realize it. The large hall is purported by conspiracy theorists to have been built to look like the head of a snake. A central feature of the hall is the sculpture The Resurrection, an extremely large bronze depicting Jesus Christ facing the consequences of a nuclear blast. The room was constructed in 1971 and named after Pope Paul VI. Some say the Pope's Audience Hall was deliberately designed to look like the head of a snake. Women Sex Slaves Of The Catholic Church And 800 Dead Baby In Church Septic Tank https://rumble.com/v3pe3zr-women-sex-slaves-of-the-catholic-church-and-800-dead-baby-in-church-septic-.html Women 9,600 Nuns Our Sex Slaves Of The Catholic Church With 1000s Of Baby Born And Over 42,000 Abortion Of Baby Father By Pope, Priests And Bishops Have Sex With Nuns And Boys And Sex With Other Priest Now And In The Past Time. To Date In 2019, Pope Francis publicly acknowledged that Catholic priests and bishops had been sexually abusing tens of thousands nuns, boys, some girl and other church members to and that a religious order of women had been dissolved because of "sexual slavery on the part of priests and the founder". 1,000s Top Islamic State Clerics Secret Pedophile Sex Trade Pleasure Marriages Death https://rumble.com/v3palma-1000s-top-islamic-state-clerics-secret-pedophile-sex-trade-pleasure-marriag.html Top Islamic State Clerics Of Islam Religious Authority and Political Power In Secret Sex Trade Pleasure Marriages To Children Young As 8 Years Old. This Powerful Investigation into Shia Clerics in some of Iraq's holiest shrines uncovers a network of exploitation of young women and girls, trapped into prostitution and pimped out by a religious elite. For the first time the clerics' secret sex trade has been captured on camera. Undercover filming and victim testimony reveal how they procure young women for male clients, and are prepared to conduct ‘pleasure marriages’ with children. Both Side Issues Exposed Islamic State Clerics Secret Sex Trade Pleasure Marriages https://rumble.com/v3pc2vu-both-side-issues-exposed-islamic-state-clerics-secret-sex-trade-pleasure-ma.html Both Side Issues Exposed Islamic State Clerics Secret Sex Trade This documentary exposes "dodgy" practices of the BBC when filming the controversial earlier 2019 programmed 'Undercover With The Clerics: Iraq's Secret Sex Trade'. Widely condemned by the Shia Muslim world, accusations against this award winning doc include lies, poor translations and Islamophobia. BBC Deceit sets the record straight! Does Islam Allow The Exploitation, Beheading, And Rape Of Female Prisoners of War https://rumble.com/v3p319b-does-islam-allow-the-exploitation-beheading-and-rape-of-female-prisoners-of.html The Exploitation, Beheading, And Rape Of Female Prisoners of War Is so-called 'sexual slavery' permitted in Islam? No, says Anne-Marie, who explains the Quran's REAL teachings on female prisoners of war. She shows how sexual assault and ill-treatment of prisoners was not allowed, and how such prisoners were either released or could earn their freedom. No other religion has such humane and beneficial teachings on this difficult subject, and the World could have benefitted from them after World War 2. Does Islam Allow The Exploitation, Rape Children, Female Prisoners of War Part Two https://rumble.com/v3p5knb-does-islam-allow-the-exploitation-rape-children-female-prisoners-of-war-par.html The Exploitation, Beheading, And Rape Of Female Prisoners of War Is so-called 'sexual slavery' permitted in Islam? Part Two Now. It's almost a decade since ISIS militants swept through Iraq and Syria but the legacy of their brutal caliphate remains. While many Iraqis are reclaiming their lives in a period of relative calm, the targets of ISIS’ genocide, the Yazidis, are not at peace. The world was transfixed when this religious minority fled to the mountains of Sinjar. Rescue efforts managed to airlift some to safety and others who escaped on foot and were eventually settled in countries like Australia. But many were trapped and killed, and huge numbers tens of thousand of women and girls and baby were taken as sex slaves and some 8,000+ raped daily and baby killed too. A 10 Year Old Child Almost Dead Is A Survivor Of Islamic Terror Warns America Now https://rumble.com/v3ovsjw-a-10-year-old-child-almost-dead-is-a-survivor-of-islamic-terror-warns-ameri.html American Muslims Face Growing Prejudice Ten years after the 9/11 attacks, America's Muslims have become the country's internal enemy. Conservative forces have seized upon the so-called "Ground Zero Mosque" as a rallying point. Amid all the hate, Americans have lost sight of the real problem: the fact that their country has become paranoid. Jihadists And Islamic State Say Death To Everyone Islam And The Undeniable Truth https://rumble.com/v3oubcg-jihadists-and-islamic-state-say-death-to-everyone-islam-and-the-undeniable-.html Islam Is a Religion of Violence Can the wave of violence sweeping the Islamic world be traced back to the religion's core teachings and Undeniable Truth 1400 years of Islam history in a few minutes from Brigitte Gabriel was born in the Marjeyoun District of Lebanon to a Maronite Christian couple, a first and only child after over twenty years of marriage. She recalls that during the Lebanese Civil War, Islamic militants launched an assault on a Lebanese military base near her family's house and destroyed her home. Gabriel, who was ten years old at the time, was injured by shrapnel in the attack. She says that she and her parents were forced to live underground in all that remained, an 8-by-10-foot (2.4 by 3.0 m) bomb shelter for seven years, with only a small kerosene heater, no sanitary systems, no electricity or running water, and little food. She says she had to crawl in a roadside ditch to a spring for water to evade Muslim snipers. Israel Surprise Attack On Egypt Only And Later Israel Attack Jordan, Syria, Iraq, Sinai https://rumble.com/v3oq5lv-israel-surprise-attack-on-egypt-only-and-later-israel-attack-jordan-syria-i.html Israel Surprise Attack On Egypt Only June 1967 war was a critical development in the Arab-Israeli conflict, with consequences that are felt across the region to this day. It redrew the landscape of the conflict, expanded Israel’s territorial claims and confirmed its military dominance in the region. Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty 43 Dead 171 Wounded https://rumble.com/v3op5v1-israel-surprise-attack-on-united-states-navy-ship-uss-liberty-43-dead-171-w.html Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty incident was an attack on a United States Navy technical research ship (spy ship), USS Liberty, by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy motor torpedo boats, on 8 June 1967, during the Six-Day War. The combined air and sea attack killed 34 crew members (naval officers, seamen, two marines, and one civilian NSA employee), wounded 171 crew members, and severely damaged the ship. At the time, the ship was in international waters north of the Sinai Peninsula, about 25.5 nmi (29.3 mi; 47.2 km) northwest from the Egyptian city of Arish. Surprise Attack On Israel By Jihad Hamas Khilafah Islamic State Not A Religion Peace https://rumble.com/v3o8bjh-surprise-attack-on-israel-by-jihad-hamas-khilafah-islamic-state-not-a-relig.html The Israeli Prime Minister, has vowed to take “mighty vengeance” after formally declaring war against Hamas Palestinian Islamic Jihad, Hamas, Khilafah, Islamic State, Not A Religion Peace was founded with the aim of establishing the new Palestinian state in the occupied West Bank, Gaza and other areas of what is now Israel. While it does not have as long-range rockets as Hamas – the group that governs Gaza, PIJ does have a significant arsenal of small arms, mortars, rockets and anti-tank missiles, and an active armed wing called the al-Quds Brigades. Israel Declares War After Surprise Hamas Attack Freedom Fighters Millions 2 Die Soon https://rumble.com/v3o5uez-israel-declares-war-after-surprise-hamas-attack-freedom-fighters-millions-2.html This Land Is Mine Land And God Gave This Land To Me. Who Is Me ? Tens Of Millions Dead All Ready 5,000 Years Old War Already In Palestine is a small region of land that has played a prominent role in the ancient and modern history of the Middle East. The history of Palestine has been marked by frequent political conflict and violent land seizures because of its importance to several major world religions, and because Palestine sits at a valuable geographic crossroads between Africa and Asia. Hamas launched a surprise attack within Israel’s borders overnight, launching rockets from the Gaza Strip then sending militants into the southern part of the streets of Israel. Raf Sanchez reports from Ashkelon on the fatalities known so far and why this situation is unprecedented. Israel says its aerial bombardment of the Gaza Strip is one of the largest it has conducted on the besieged territory. We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Let's Stop All Wars Now in chronologically ordered by the year that hostilities were initiated The Final Speech from The Great Dictator was Chaplin’s first film with dialogue. Chaplin plays both a little Jewish barber, living in the ghetto, and Hynkel, the dictator ruler of Tomainia. In his autobiography Chaplin quotes himself as having said: “One doesn’t have to be a Jew to be anti Nazi. All one has to be is a normal decent human being.” Thanks You. The New World Order Year Zero !

Israel Surprise Attack On Egypt Only June 1967 war was a critical development in the Arab-Israeli conflict, with consequences that are felt across the region to this day. It redrew the landscape of the conflict, expanded Israel’s territorial claims and confirmed its military dominance in the region. This war, known to Israel as the Six-Day War and to Arabs as the June War and as the Naksa – the setback – came just two decades after the catastrophic events of 1948, or the Nakba, when the state of Israel was established and hundreds of thousands of Palestinians were expelled from their homes and land. The War in June looks back at the events surrounding 1948, and the Suez Crisis in 1956, to understand the roots of the 1967 war. It explores the actual six days of battle in detail and then looks at the profound long-term consequences of this war. Will Tell The Truth About All Surprise Attacked 2023 On Israel By Jihad Hamas Khilafah Islamic State and Israel Surprise Attacked 1967 On Egypt. Six Day War, 1967. On the morning of June 5, Israeli planes surprise-attacked the at-rest Egyptian air force, destroying hundreds of planes. Similar strikes hobbled Jordan and Syria. On the ground, Israeli troops marched into the Sinai Peninsula and the Gaza Strip. They routed Palestinians from the West Bank of the Jordan River, seized the Golan Heights in Syria and continued on to the Suez Canal. The rapid chain of events altered the landscape and the future of the Middle East — and, arguably, foreign policy in state departments around the world. Field Marshal Amer and the Egyptian top brass were meeting at Bir Tamada, an airbase in Sinai. They were just starting the meeting when the first Israeli jets started their bomb runs. One of the generals was so surprised by the attack that the first thing that flashed through his mind was a coup or some other kind of Egyptian betrayal. Day Israel Surprise Attacked America U.S.A. 8 June 1967 On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty -Wow The USS Liberty incident was an attack on a United States Navy technical research ship (spy ship), USS Liberty, by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy motor torpedo boats, on 8 June 1967, during the Six-Day War. The combined air and sea attack killed 34 crew members (naval officers, seamen, two marines, and one civilian NSA employee), wounded 171 crew members, and severely damaged the ship. At the time, the ship was in international waters north of the Sinai Peninsula, about 25.5 nmi (29.3 mi; 47.2 km) northwest from the Egyptian city of Arish. https://rumble.com/v3op5v1-israel-surprise-attack-on-united-states-navy-ship-uss-liberty-43-dead-171-w.html Israel apologized for the attack, saying that the USS Liberty had been attacked in error after being mistaken for an Egyptian ship. Both the Israeli and U.S. governments conducted inquiries and issued reports that concluded the attack was a mistake due to Israeli confusion about the ship's identity. Others, including survivors of the attack, have rejected these conclusions and maintain that the attack was deliberate. In May 1968, the Israeli government paid US$3.32 million (equivalent to US$28 million in 2022) to the U.S. government in compensation for the families of the 34 men killed in the attack. In March 1969, Israel paid a further $3.57 million ($28.5 million in 2022) to the men who had been wounded. In December 1980, it agreed to pay $6 million ($21.3 million in 2022) as the final settlement for material damage to the ship plus 13 years of interest. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USS_Liberty_incident Israeli jet fighters hit the vessel with rockets, cannon fire and napalm, before three Israeli torpedo boats moved in to launch a second more devastating attack. Though she did not sink, the Liberty was badly damaged. Thirty-four US servicemen and civilian analysts were killed, another 171 were wounded by attack had been a catastrophic accident. Enemy array map of the 4th of July 1967 the Six Day War. A rare map depicting the array of the enemy forces on the eve of the Six Day War. A day before Israel decided to attack, the map shows the enormity if the Arab forces on three fronts which were a grave danger to the State of Israel. The IDF had no choice and went in an attack and conquered the enemy in order to give security to the Jewish people. The Six-Day War: Background & Overview (June 5-10, 1967) Six Day War; Table of Contents | Battle Maps | “Myths & Facts” Israel consistently expressed a desire to negotiate with its neighbors. In an address to the UN General Assembly on October 10, 1960, Foreign Minister Golda Meir challenged Arab leaders to meet with Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion to negotiate a peace settlement. Nasser answered on October 15, saying that Israel was trying to deceive world opinion, and reiterating that his country would never recognize the Jewish State. (1) The Arabs were equally adamant in their refusal to negotiate a separate settlement for the refugees. As Nasser told the United Arab Republic National Assembly March 26, 1964: Israel and the imperialism around us, which confront us, are two separate things. There have been attempts to separate them, in order to break up the problems and present them in an imaginary light as if the problem of Israel is the problem of the refugees, by the solution of which the problem of Palestine will also be solved and no residue of the problem will remain. The danger of Israel lies in the very existence of Israel as it is in the present and in what she represents. (2) The Palestinian Army In 1963, the Arab League decided to introduce a new weapon in its war against Israel – the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO). The PLO formally came into being during a 1964 meeting of the first Palestinian Congress. Shortly thereafter, the group began to splinter into various factions. Ultimately, the largest faction, Fatah, would come to dominate the organization, and its leader, Yasser Arafat, would become the PLO chairman and most visible symbol. All the groups adhered to a set of principles laid out in the Palestine National Charter, which called for Israel’s destruction. The PLO’s belligerent rhetoric was matched by deeds. Terrorist attacks by the group grew more frequent. In 1965, 35 raids were conducted against Israel. In 1966, the number increased to 41. In just the first four months of 1967, 37 attacks were launched. The targets were always civilians. (3) Most of the attacks involved Palestinian guerillas infiltrating Israel from Jordan, the Gaza Strip, and Lebanon. The orders and logistical support for the attacks were coming, however, from Cairo and Damascus. Egyptian President Nasser’s main objective was to harass the Israelis, but a secondary one was to undermine King Hussein’s regime in Jordan. King Hussein viewed the PLO as both a direct and indirect threat to his power. Hussein feared that the PLO might try to depose him with Nasser’s help or that the PLO’s attacks on Israel would provoke retaliatory strikes by Israeli forces that could weaken his authority. By the beginning of 1967, Hussein had closed the PLO’s offices in Jerusalem, arrested many of the group’s members, and withdrew recognition of the organization. Nasser and his friends in the region unleashed a torrent of criticism on Hussein for betraying the Arab cause. Hussein would soon have the chance to redeem himself. Terror from the Heights The breakup of the U.A.R. and the resulting political instability only made Syria more hostile toward Israel. Another major cause of conflict was Syria’s resistance to Israel’s creation of a National Water Carrier to take water from the Jordan River to supply the country. The Syrian army used the Golan Heights, which tower 3,000 feet above the Galilee, to shell Israeli farms and villages. Syria’s attacks grew more frequent in 1965 and 1966, forcing children living on kibbutzim in the Huleh Valley to sleep in bomb shelters. Israel repeatedly protested the Syrian bombardments to the UN Mixed Armistice Commission, which was charged with policing the cease-fire, but the UN did nothing to stop Syria’s aggression – even a mild Security Council resolution expressing “regret” for such incidents was vetoed by the Soviet Union. Meanwhile, Israel was condemned by the United Nations when it retaliated. While the Syrian military bombardment and terrorist attacks intensified, Nasser’s rhetoric became increasingly bellicose. In 1965, he announced, “We shall not enter Palestine with its soil covered in sand; we shall enter it with its soil saturated in blood. “(4) Again, a few months later, Nasser expressed the Arabs’ aspiration: “[el] the full restoration of the rights of the Palestinian people. In other words, we aim at the destruction of the state of Israel. The immediate aim: perfection of Arab military might. The national aim: the eradication of Israel. “(5) Syria’s attacks on Israeli kibbutzim from the Golan Heights finally provoked a retaliatory strike on April 7, 1967. During the attack, Israeli planes shot down six Syrian fighter planes – MiGs supplied by the Soviet Union. Shortly thereafter, the Soviets – who had been providing military and economic assistance to both Syria and Egypt – gave Damascus false information alleging a massive Israeli military buildup in preparation. So Their 6,000,000 Jews That Never Existed - Started 18 years before Hitler assumed power? https://rumble.com/v3tsvew-their-6000000-never-existed-started-18-years-before-hitler-assumed-power.html The Six-Day War (Hebrew: מִלְחֶמֶת שֵׁשֶׁת הַיָּמִים, Milḥemet Šešet HaYamim; Arabic: النكسة, an-Naksah, lit. 'The Setback' or حرب 1967, Ḥarb 1967, 'War of 1967') or June War, also known as the 1967 Arab–Israeli War or Third Arab–Israeli War, was fought between Israel and a coalition of Arab states (primarily Egypt, Syria, and Jordan) from 5 to 10 June 1967. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Six-Day_War#:~:text=The%20battle%20ended%20in%20an,dead%20and%20100%20taken%20prisoner. Between 776 and 983 Israelis were killed and 4,517 were wounded. Fifteen Israeli soldiers were captured. Arab casualties were far greater. Between 9,800 and 15,000 Egyptian soldiers were listed as killed or missing in action. An additional 4,338 Egyptian soldiers were captured. Jordanian losses are estimated to be 700 killed in action with another 2,500 wounded. The Syrians were estimated to have sustained between 1,000 and 2,500 killed in action. Between 367 and 591 Syrians were captured. Casualties were also suffered by UNEF, the United Nations Emergency Force that was stationed on the Egyptian side of the border. In three different episodes, Israeli forces attacked a UNEF convoy, camps in which UNEF personnel were concentrated and the UNEF headquarters in Gaza, resulting in one Brazilian peacekeeper and 14 Indian officials killed by Israeli forces, with an additional seventeen peacekeepers wounded in both contingents. HEAT WAFTED UP IN SLEEPY SPIRALS from the Sinai Desert on the afternoon of October 6, 1973. Lizards lay about on sun-warmed stones, blinking in contentment. Falcons circled lazily in the pale blue sky. The waters of the Suez Canal lapped gently at its sandy shores. Suddenly, at exactly 2 p.m., this hushed stillness erupted as 2,000 Egyptian artillery pieces, Katyusha rockets, howitzers, and surface-to-surface missiles blasted the canal’s eastern bank, throwing tremendous plumes of sand into the air. Israeli defensive positions years in the making were pulverized in minutes. Without warning, 222 Egyptian MiG and Sukhoi fighters came screaming out of the sky and bombed command posts, surface-to-air batteries, air bases, supply dumps, and radar installations. Simultaneously, a few hundred miles to the north, the rugged hills of the Golan Heights shook with massive explosions as 100 Syrian MiGs attacked Israeli positions and an assault force of as many as 900 tanks and 40,000 infantry crossed into Israeli territory. The October War had begun. Before it was over, battalions of tanks, hundreds of aircraft, and legions of soldiers would clash in one of the late 20th-century’s most momentous wars. Oil prices would soar to unprecedented heights, and the specter of nuclear war would loom over the battlefield. Though brief—fighting ended within a month—the conflict had enormous impact. It broke a political stalemate and made possible a long Egyptian-Israeli peace that’s unique in the roiling Middle East. ‘I’ll wipe them out with two tanks,’ an Israeli general said. The Arab-Israeli War of 1973: Honor, Oil, and Blood On October 6, 1973. The roots of the fighting in 1973 lay in the Six-Day War of June 1967, when the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) trounced combined Arab armies and took the Golan Heights from Syria, the Sinai Peninsula from Egypt, and East Jerusalem from Jordan. The so-called War of Attrition followed, with artillery duels, commando raids, air strikes, and diplomatic forays, none of which shook Israel’s grip on its newly occupied territories. Stymied, Egyptian president Anwar el-Sadat determined to retake the lost lands with another war. Sadat went to Syrian president Hafez el-Assad, who burned to recapture the Golan Heights. “I’ll be with you,” he told Sadat. Jordan and Iraq agreed to provide a few military units. Sadat, a talented politician and soldier who had succeeded longtime president Gamal Abdel Nasser in 1970, determined he had no choice but to fight. Israel would negotiate on the occupied lands only if threatened militarily, he thought. And he knew that if he made peace without a fight, Saudi Arabia and other rich Arab states would cut off much-needed development aid to Egypt. SADAT DID NOT SET OUT TO DESTROY Israel. The IDF was too strong, and the United States would never let its ally fall. Rather, he wanted to deliver a blow that would shake the IDF’s sense of invincibility—inflated by its quick victory in the 1967 war—and persuade Israel and its allies that the negotiating table offered the best chance for security. “If we could recapture even four inches of Sinai territory,” he reasoned, “then the whole situation would change—east, west, all over.” Operationally, Sadat believed he had to hit hard and fast. Once hostilities opened, the United States and the Soviet Union would almost certainly get involved—the Americans to protect Israel, and the Russians to help Syria and maintain its influence in the region. Sadat also assumed the United Nations would insist on a cease-fire. The key, he believed, was to quickly retake as much land as possible to give Egypt a strong bargaining position in negotiations that would undoubtedly follow. “He who wins the first 24-hour encounter,” Sadat said, “will surely win the entire war.” The Egyptians and Syrians designed a two-front operation, coordinated from Cairo. As the Egyptians stormed across the Suez Canal and occupied part of the Sinai, Syrian forces would move to retake the Golan Heights. Military leaders for the two countries tapped the Soviet Union for help constructing the world’s most formidable surface-to-air defense systems, with SAM-2, -3, -6, and -7 missile batteries. They bought thousands of rocket-propelled grenade launchers and AT-3 Saggers, wire-guided antitank missiles. Soviet T-55s and T-62s were added to the tank battalions, while air power was bolstered by MiG-17, -21, and -23 fighters and Su-7 and -20 fighter-bombers, as well as Scud surface-to-surface missiles. Egyptian soldiers trained intensely, rehearsing their attack across the Suez at least 35 times with full-scale mockups of Israeli installations. Sadat’s chief of staff, Lieutenant General Saad el-Shazly, focused on what he called “the harshest test”: crossing the Suez Canal, which was as wide as 220 yards in places, and breaking through ramparts that IDF engineers had built on the other side. These mountains of sand topped 60 feet and had slopes of 45 to 65 degrees. To carve out passages for their men and machines, the Egyptians created some 40 engineering battalions equipped with 450 high-powered water hoses. The Arabs would face an Israeli military feared for its armor and air power. On the ground, IDF forces were headed by well-armored Centurion and M-60 tanks as well as “Super Shermans,” revved-up versions of the World War II classic with 75mm or 105mm high-velocity cannons. In the air, the Israeli Air Force, which totaled 366 craft, boasted of its superb F-4 Phantoms, A-4 Skyhawks, Mirages, and Super-Mystères. Since the 1967 war, Israel had built formidable defenses for its new territories. The Bar-Lev Line, a chain of fortifications, stretched 100 miles along the Suez, from the Mediterranean in the north to the Gulf of Suez in the south. In the Golan Heights, an intricate network of antitank trenches, firing platforms, and listening posts defended Israeli lands. The IDF felt secure behind these barriers—perhaps too secure. Before the Egyptian attack, less than half of the Bar-Lev defenses were manned fully. Strutting with confidence after the Arab collapse in the 1967 war, Israel’s military leaders underestimated their foes. “Put all [the Arabs’] paratroops with Saggers on a hill,” one major general crowed, “and I’ll wipe them out with two tanks.” Zvi Zamir, head of Mossad, Israel’s secret service, later admitted: “We scorned them.” Throughout the summer and early autumn of 1973, Egyptian and Syrian military leaders finalized their plans. They decided to open the attack on October 6, when the Suez Canal’s currents and tides would be optimal for a crossing. This would also be Yom Kippur, the holiest day for Jews. (Historians disagree about whether Egypt deliberately scheduled the attack for this sacred day.) Jews and many in the West refer to the conflict as the Yom Kippur War. Arabs call it the Ramadan War because the fighting opened during the holy month of Ramadan and on the very day when Muslims feast to celebrate the Prophet Muhammad’s victory at the Battle of Badr and his return to Mecca. Indeed, the Egyptians code-named their attack Operation Badr. Israel remained largely unaware of the Arab plan, thanks to a brilliant campaign of deception. Because the Syrians did little to conceal their military buildup, the IDF was convinced that it was of no consequence. Egypt’s movements seemed little different than its annual autumn military exercises. To add to the misdirection, Egyptian and Syrian leaders whispered to the press about deep rifts dividing their two countries as Sadat made blustery speeches about a “year of decision” that never seemed to come. As the Arab buildup began to look like a real threat, some Israeli officials urged a preemptive strike. Defense Minister Moshe Dayan and Prime Minister Golda Meir balked, worried that Israel would be seen as the aggressor—a perception that might jeopardize support from the United States. “War is imminent,” Mossad spies reported on October 5, but the head of Israeli military intelligence dismissed the warning. Later it emerged that Jordan’s King Hussein, who feared all-out war, had told Meir of the coming assault. Again, little was done. Dayan and Meir expected an attack, but not the military, political, and economic war that the Arabs had prepared. THE ATTACK ON THE SINAI OPENED with brutal force and painstaking precision. In the first minute after the 2 p.m. start, Egyptian artillery slammed more than 10,000 shells onto Israeli positions along the Suez Canal. Within 20 minutes, Egyptian MiGs had completed as many as 300 sorties. Dinghies with assault troops sliced through the canal’s waters, the men chanting “Allahu akbar!” (“God is the greatest!”) at each stroke. Engineers deploying water hoses, bulldozers, and explosives blasted some 60 paths through the sand ramparts. By 5 o’clock, some 32,000 infantry had landed. Within 24 hours, more than 1,000 tanks, 13,500 vehicles, and 100,000 men were safely across the canal. “The whole operation,” Shazly remarked, “was a magnificent symphony played by tens of thousands of men.” Egypt’s losses: just 208 killed. In the Golan Heights, the Syrians looked poised for similar success. They had placed about 1,300 tanks (mostly T-55s), 65 SAM batteries, 400 antiaircraft artillery, and 600 artillery pieces along a 50-mile front. By contrast, the IDF had just 170 tanks and 60 artillery pieces to defend the region. Geographically, the boundaries of the Golan were roughly marked by Mount Hermon in the north and the Sea of Galilee in the southwest. Syrian forces were to attack in both the north and south, preceded by an air strike. Troops in the north aimed to smash a hole in Israeli lines and then arc down to link up with the southern forces, snapping off the Golan in a pincer movement. In the south, two Syrian infantry divisions were to strike near Rafid, while an armored division broke through Israeli defenses and captured key bridges spanning the Jordan River at Benot Ya’akov and Arik, just north of the Sea of Galilee. In the north, commandos of the elite 82nd Parachute Regiment initiated the attack, landing on Mount Hermon and capturing a critical Israeli observation post. Fortunately for the Israelis, however, Syrian forces were not the equal of the Egyptians. Their officers failed to bring forward engineering units with the bridge equipment to cross Israeli antitank ditches. A massive traffic jam resulted. As the Syrians sorted things out, Israeli artillery and tank fire from the excellent 188th “Barak” Armored Brigade knocked out their forward units, blunting the advance. After heavy losses, the Syrians finally crossed the ditches on October 7 and charged furiously at enemy forces positioned on the high ground. The Israelis rained fire upon the infantry in the valley below, cutting them to pieces. Similarly, Syrian armor rushed ahead with no coordination, presenting fat targets for Israeli flanking attacks and artillery fire. Three days into the fighting, the Syrians in the northern Golan threw more than 200 tanks, additional artillery, and the Republican Guard against some 30 Israeli tanks of the elite 7th Armored Brigade, part of Brigadier General Rafael Eitan’s command. Through skillful counterattacks, this tiny Israeli force confused the Syrians, many of whom abandoned their equipment and fled. High-explosive, armor-piercing shells rent many of the Syrian tanks that stood their ground. Red-orange flames shot skyward, and plumes of black smoke curled into the air from the smashed hulks of more than 500 Syrian tanks and armored personnel carriers, along with 60 to 80 Israeli tanks and other equipment. The attack in the north had been stopped cold in what became known as the Valley of Tears. In the southern Golan, the Syrians enjoyed some early success. By the end of the first day, their sheer numbers had forced a breakthrough. Though snarled traffic slowed the advance as it had in the north, the Syrians plowed forward, heading for Hushniya, northeast of the Sea of Galilee, and even attempting to take Nafekh, the Israeli command center. On the second day, Syrian commanders in the south targeted the Benot and Arik bridges—key routes for Israeli reinforcements. But problems soon mounted. A Syrian mechanized brigade ran into a small IDF force of Super Shermans, losing 17 T-55s. A halt was called. Meanwhile, 35 tanks of a Syrian armored brigade were put out of action before the Arik Bridge just as another mechanized brigade got into a firefight in the same sector. Again, this brigade stopped abruptly. In the late afternoon, 95 Syrian T-62s were advancing virtually unopposed when their commander, for reasons never determined, ordered them to stop as well. Such appalling Syrian command and control—combined with superb Israeli gunnery—doomed the southern operation. THE SUCCESS OF ISRAELI FORCES IN THE GOLAN was not happenstance. Though the Arab attack surprised them, Israeli leaders reacted swiftly and decided to concentrate forces against the Syrians first; if defenses broke in the Golan, they reasoned, the Syrians would reach inside Israel itself. The Egyptian thrust could be contained in the vast Sinai, a natural buffer, until the Syrians had been halted. Meanwhile, Egyptian operations in the Sinai were going well. With the Bar-Lev forts silenced, the Egyptians consolidated their position, laying minefields and constructing defensive and interlocking firing positions for their tanks and artillery. The antiaircraft and SAM missile shield covered ground operations, a stinging surprise for the Israeli Air Force, which lost 14 planes in the first two days. The Egyptians also proved to the doubting Israelis that they had the stomach to fight. Without waiting for air or infantry support, the IDF counterattacked on October 8, sending 300 tanks in a headlong dash against the Egyptians, expecting the enemy to break and run as they had done in previous wars. To the Israelis’ shock, the Egyptians hit them from the front with artillery fire, from the sides with tank assaults, and from behind with infantry wielding Saggers and rocket-propelled grenade launchers. In 48 hours, 200 Israeli tanks were destroyed. The Egyptians’ will and tactics stunned the Israelis. One Israeli officer recounted how he mistook enemy soldiers atop sand dunes for trees: “One of my tank commanders radioed back, ‘My God, they’re not tree stumps. They’re men!’…Suddenly all hell broke loose. A barrage of missiles was being fired at us. Many of our tanks were hit. We had never come up against anything like this before.” Major General Ariel Sharon recalled: “These were soldiers who had been brought up on victories….It was a generation that had never lost. Now they were in a state of shock….How was it that [the Egyptians] were moving forward and we were defeated?” The situation quickly became critical for Israel. In the first four days of the fighting, it lost 49 warplanes and almost 500 tanks. Panic swept through the Israeli government; unless the Egyptians could be turned, the entire country was at risk. In an October 9 meeting with Prime Minister Meir, Dayan discussed using the country’s nuclear arsenal—at least 13 bombs deliverable via Jericho missiles. Unwilling to deploy this ultimate weapon, Meir demanded American help. President Richard Nixon was sympathetic—his national security adviser and secretary of state, Henry Kissinger, believed that the defeat of Israel by a Soviet-armed Syria would be a geopolitical disaster—and approved $2.2 billion in supplementary military aid. The U.S. Air Force launched Operation Nickel Grass, which would airlift some 22,000 tons of jet aircraft, tanks, ammunition, and other equipment to Israel. Another 33,000 pounds of materiel arrived by sea. This was more than military aid; it was life support. EVEN BEFORE THIS HELP ARRIVED, RESOURCEFUL Israeli commanders changed tactics. Instead of launching head-on assaults, they struck at the enemy’s flanks and used heavy machine guns to knock out infantry armed with antitank weapons. Soon, the Egyptian advance slowed and stopped. But already parts of the army had pushed as far as nine miles into the Sinai. Sadat had won his “four inches of territory.” At this moment, the war took a dramatic turn as Sadat’s preparations with his allies paid off. Before the war, he had secured an agreement from Saudi Arabia and other oil-producing Arab countries to limit exports to nations that didn’t support the Arab cause. In accordance with that agreement, and with the announcement of Operation Nickel Grass, they now slapped an embargo on oil exports to the United States and Europe. This rocked world oil markets. During the 1967 war, Arab countries had made a half-hearted effort to stop sales to the West; this time, they fully committed. The price of oil quadrupled to nearly $12 per barrel by 1974. Sadat’s play was geopolitical strategy at its finest; Arab countries for the first time turned their vast oil reserves into a powerful political weapon, a tactic they would repeat for decades to come. By October 10, four days into the fighting, the Golan Heights was a graveyard of steel. Some 870 Syrian tanks, hundreds of artillery pieces, and thousands of other vehicles smoldered across the rocky ravines strewn with corpses. Sensing that the Syrian offensive had lost steam, the Israelis counterattacked on the 11th. Brigadier General Moshe Peled, commander of the 146th Reserve Armored Division, struck from the south with about 110 tanks and a mechanized infantry brigade, while the 240th Reserve Division under Brigadier General Dan Laner attacked in the center. The Israelis punched a hole in the Syrian line and roared east, taking the Syrians from behind and effectively wiping out an infantry and armored brigade. With that, almost all the Syrians’ territorial gains were lost. The Israelis now invaded Syria itself, hoping to move within artillery range of Damascus and bring the war home to the Syrian leadership. Virtually unopposed, Israeli warplanes hit strategic sites inside the country. An armored division joined up with the 240th and pushed toward Damascus, while the 146th protected their flanks on the Jordanian frontier. The Israelis came within roughly 25 miles of Damascus. Retreating before this onslaught, the Syrians made a stand on the second of three defensive lines built in the years after 1967. Fighting on their own soil, they were tenacious. An Iraqi armored division appeared—part of the force promised Sadat before the war—and smashed into the right flank of the IDF’s 240th Armored Division. The Israelis wheeled to deal with this threat, which grew more serious when the Iraqis were joined by an armored brigade sent by Jordan. The Israeli advance halted, but they had recaptured Mount Hermon and now stood close enough to shell Damascus. AS THINGS FELL APART TO THE NORTH, SADAT felt compelled to order an offensive and press deeper into the Sinai. Shazly, his chief of staff, and other top generals fiercely opposed this move. They remembered how Israeli planes had devastated Arab ground forces in the 1967 war, and they did not want to move the army from under its missile shield. Yet on October 14, as many as 1,000 Egyptian tanks and several mechanized brigades rumbled forward. The targets were two gateways into Israel: the mountain passes at Mitla and Giddi, both at least 30 miles east of the Suez. This thrust was met by air strikes as well as some 800 tanks led by heroes of Israel’s previous wars—General Avraham Adan and Major General Sharon. The two armored divisions outflanked the Egyptian units and ripped into them, destroying 265 tanks and at least 200 other vehicles. In contrast, only 40 Israeli tanks suffered damage, most of it minor. Worse for the Egyptians, the Israeli assault opened a chink in their lines along the Great Bitter Lake, which lay north of the Gulf of Suez. Adan and Sharon pounced and launched a counteroffensive to bridge the Suez Canal and divide the Egyptian Second and Third Armies on the west bank. Sharon was to boldly move his forces across the canal and push the Second Army north, establishing a corridor for Adan’s men to cross and wheel south, where they would destroy SAM missile launch sites and hit the Egyptian Third Army from the rear. On October 15 and 16, Sharon’s 143rd Reserve Armored Division crossed the canal on pontoon bridges and established a bridgehead. The Israelis also raced southeast on the Sinai, slamming into the Egyptians concentrated in an area known as the Chinese Farm. The fighting here was fierce. For four days the Egyptians fought the Israelis off from behind well-prepared defenses but Adan crushed their counterattacks. The Egyptian 25th Armored Brigade, for instance, lost its entire force of armored personnel carriers and 85 of its 96 T-62s while destroying only three IDF tanks. On October 17 or 18, Soviet officials showed Sadat and General Ahmad Ismail Ali, his war minister, satellite pictures of the expanding bridgehead that Sharon had established on the west bank of the Suez. General Shazly recommended pulling back four armored units from the Sinai to counter the threat. But Sadat, calculating the political need to hang on to Egyptian gains, ruled against a withdrawal. Three days later, with the Israeli threat deepening, Sadat finally pushed for an end to the war. “I knew my capabilities,” he said later, noting the American aid to Israel. “I did not intend to fight the entire United States of America.” Kissinger flew to Moscow, where he and Soviet leader Leonid Brezhnev drafted a U.N. Security Council resolution calling for a cease-fire. Although Egyptian and Israeli officials accepted the truce, fighting continued. The IDF sensed a crushing victory and marched on. Having crossed the Suez through the corridor that Sharon had established, General Adan and his 200 or so tanks raced south, destroying SAM sites and enveloping the 45,000-man Egyptian Third Army. Some Israelis wanted to destroy the force, which was cut off from food and water supplies. Sadat requested U.S. and Soviet troops to enforce the cease-fire, shrewdly drawing the two superpowers into the fray. When the Americans hesitated, Brezhnev signaled that the Soviet Union was willing to act unilaterally—a message that the United States interpreted as major threat. Kissinger and a special crisis-management team within the White House held an emergency meeting and raised U.S. military forces from Defense Readiness Condition 4 to 3 for the first time since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis. Ultimately, diplomacy defused the situation, but it was one of the Cold War’s most dangerous moments. On October 28, Israel, under pressure from the United States, agreed to allow the Egyptians to deliver food and medical supplies to the trapped Third Army. The next day, Syria stopped fighting. A couple of weeks later, on November 11, Egypt and Israel agreed to a cease-fire drafted by Sadat and Kissinger. Syria refused to sign. IT WAS A MESSY END to a savage war. The armor clashes had been the largest since World War II and remain some of history’s costliest. The casualty counts for Egypt and Syria topped 60,000, with more than 2,000 tanks destroyed. Though Israel saw losses of fewer than 12,000 men, the Arab attacks had delivered a body blow to its military might. By one estimate, the war cost Israel the equivalent of its gross national product for a year. In the Sinai alone, the Egyptians had destroyed 110 helicopters and aircraft, about a quarter of Israel’s air power. Israel’s psyche suffered perhaps the greatest damage. While the IDF had won militarily, the Arabs had seriously threatened Israel in the war’s opening days and proved its leaders wholly unprepared for war. A special commission fingered top leaders in both the IDF and the intelligence service, and fallout from the war helped push Meir from power in 1974, along with Dayan. The Arabs still today see the war as a glorious struggle against unfair odds, a grand fight to reclaim lost honor. Calling it “a victory which cannot be erased,” Sadat declared, “Egyptian armed forces have realized a miracle.” The Egyptian president emerged a hero and a political figure with great international influence. He had destroyed the myth of Israeli invincibility, restored national pride, ensured financial support from Saudi Arabia and other oil-rich Arab states, successfully played the superpowers, and set the grounds for Egyptian-Israeli negotiations on the Sinai. He was, said Henry Kissinger, a great man “who had the wisdom and courage of the statesman and occasionally the insight of the prophet.” In 1977, Sadat visited Israel—previously unthinkable for an Arab leader—and made a landmark proposal for peace. This led to the 1978 Camp David accords, brokered by U.S. President Jimmy Carter, and a treaty the next year through which Egypt regained the Sinai and the Suez Canal and made peace with Israel. For this bold action, Sadat and Israeli leader Menachem Begin were awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. (Carter won the Nobel the next year for his overall efforts on peace.) Even as the world cheered Sadat, many Arabs branded him a traitor for not linking peace with Israel to a larger settlement that included the rights of Palestinians and the return of other Arab lands conquered by Israel in 1967. In 1981, radical Islamists assassinated him during a military parade celebrating the October War. Impressive in scope, unique in execution, the October War stands as one of the most influential conflicts of the second half of the 20th century. The last of the great Arab-Israeli wars, it was the first international conflict where oil was pivotal. It heralded a new order not only in the Middle East but also in the global political and economic system. Here is a review of casualties in Middle East conflicts since World War II: GULF WAR, JAN. 17-FEB. 28, 1991: To date, the allies have reported 178 killed in action. No comprehensive Iraqi casualty figures have been issued, but an Iraqi official was quoted as saying 20,000 Iraqis were killed in the first 26 days of the war. Other estimates have put the number of Iraqi dead in the tens of thousands. IRAN-IRAQ WAR, 1980-88: Iran has acknowledged 135,000 military and civilian dead, but Western military analysts put the figure two or three times higher. Iraq has not issued figures, but diplomats in Baghdad estimate at least 100,000 dead. Conservative Western estimates put casualties on both sides at 1 million dead or wounded. SOUTH YEMEN CIVIL WAR, JANUARY, 1986: Officials put the death toll at nearly 4,250, but diplomatic sources said the figure was nearer 10,000. ISRAELI INVASION OF LEBANON, 1982: Israel had 657 killed and 3,887 wounded. Syrian casualties were 370 killed and 1,000 wounded. The PLO had an estimated 1,000 killed with 6,000 captured. More than 19,000 Lebanese and Palestinians, mostly civilians, were killed and 30,000 wounded. LEBANESE CIVIL WAR, 1975-90: An estimated 150,000 people killed. More than 1 million, a quarter of the population, were displaced. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1973: Israeli casualties were 2,569 killed and 7,500 wounded in the three-week conflict. Syria lost an estimated 3,500 dead, with 21,000 wounded. Egypt had an estimated 15,000 killed and 30,000 wounded. Iraqi casualties were 125 killed and 260 wounded. JORDAN’S WAR WITH THE PLO AND SYRIA, 1970: Jordan had 600 killed, 1,500 wounded; Syrian casualties were 600 killed or wounded, and 10,000 Palestinians were killed or wounded. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR OF ATTRITION, MARCH, 1969-AUGUST, 1970: Israel had 721 killed and 2,659 wounded. Arab casualties are not known, but at the peak of the fighting, Egypt alone had 300 casualties a day. SIX-DAY ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1967: Egypt lost an estimated 11,500 killed and 10,000 taken prisoner, including nine generals, in the six days of combat. Syrian casualties were 1,000 killed and Jordan lost 6,094. Israel casualties were 777 killed and 2,811 wounded. YEMEN CIVIL WAR, 1961-1969: Figures vary, but an estimated 70,000 Yemenis and Egyptians, who supported republican rebels against the royalists, were killed or wounded. ISRAEL’S SINAI CAMPAIGN, 1956: Israel lost 172 killed, 817 wounded. Egyptian casualties were an estimated 2,000-3,000 dead. British and French casualties in the invasion of Suez, which coincided with Israel’s thrust into the Sinai desert, were 82 killed and 129 wounded. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1948-49: Israel lost 6,200 killed, and Arab losses were estimated at 2,000 regular soldiers killed. Thousands of Arab and Palestinian irregulars were also believed killed. The 1967 US-Arab-Israeli War marked the failure of the Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson administrations’ efforts to prevent renewed Arab-Israeli conflict following the 1956 Suez War. Unwilling to return to what National Security Advisor Walter Rostow called the “tenuous chewing gum and string arrangements” established after Suez, the Johnson administration sought Israel’s withdrawal from the territories it had occupied in exchange for peace settlements with its Arab neighbors. This formula has remained the basis of all U.S. Middle East peacemaking efforts into the present. President Lyndon Johnson and his advisors meet with Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban to discuss the developing crisis in the Middle East, May 26, 1967. (LBJ Library photo by Yoichi Okamoto) The Johnson Administration and the Arab-Israeli Conflict, 1963–1967 Lyndon Johnson’s presidency witnessed the transformation of the American role in the Arab-Israeli conflict. Until the early 1960s, the United States had adhered to the terms of the Tripartite Declaration of 1950, wherein the United States, United Kingdom, and France had pledged to prevent aggression by Middle Eastern states and oppose a regional arms race. The United States had pressed Israel to withdraw from the Sinai Peninsula and Gaza Strip after Suez, and rejected Israeli requests for all but limited quantities of defensive weapons. By the time Johnson took office, however, U.S. policymakers concluded that this policy was no longer sustainable. Soviet arms sales to left-leaning Arab states, especially Egypt, threatened to erode Israel’s military superiority. Johnson’s advisors worried that if the United States did not offset this shift in the balance of power, Israel’s leaders might launch a preventive war or develop nuclear weapons. Initially, the Johnson administration sought to convince Egyptian President Gamal Abdul Nasser and the Soviet leadership to work toward a regional arms control regime, but neither party proved receptive. Thus, in 1965, Johnson agreed to sell Israel M48A3 tanks, followed by A–4 Skyhawk aircraft in 1966. The rationale behind these sales, as National Security Council staffer Robert Komer put it, was that “Arab knowledge that they could not win an arms race against Israel should contribute long-term to the damping down of the Arab-Israeli dispute.” However, U.S. efforts to preserve the regional balance of power were soon undermined by Fatah and other Palestinian guerilla organizations, which began attacking targets inside Israel. The Johnson administration tried to intercede with Fatah’s Syrian patrons and to prevent Israeli retaliation against Jordan, from which most Palestinian raids were launched. U.S. officials worried that Israeli reprisals could undermine Jordan’s King Hussein, who had secretly agreed to keep Jordan’s strategically crucial West Bank a buffer zone. In November 1966, when the Israelis attacked the West Bank town of Samu‘ , the Johnson administration voted for a United Nations Resolution condemning Israel, admonished Israeli officials, and authorized an emergency airlift of military equipment to Jordan. While the administration’s response to Samu‘ helped prevent further Israeli reprisals against Jordan, it failed to address the underlying problem of Palestinian cross-border attacks. By the spring of 1967, the Israelis were retaliating forcefully against Syria, whose leaders demanded that Egypt intervene on their behalf. The Prewar Crisis On May 13, 1967, Soviet officials informed the Syrian and Egyptian Governments that Israel had massed troops on Syria’s border. Though the report was false, Nasser sent large numbers of Egyptian soldiers into the Sinai anyway. On May 16, Egypt demanded that the United Nations Emergency Force (UNEF), which had been deployed in the Sinai Peninsula and the Gaza Strip since 1957, withdraw from Israel’s border. Secretary-General U Thant replied that he would have to withdraw UNEF from all its positions, including Sharm al-Shaykh, which would put political pressure on Nasser to close the Straits of Tiran to Israeli shipping. Nasser remained adamant, and on May 22, after UNEF withdrew, he announced that he would close the Straits. In 1957, President Dwight D. Eisenhower had promised that the United States would treat the closure of the Straits as an act of war. Johnson now had three unwelcome options: to renege on Eisenhower’s promise, acquiesce in an Israeli attack on Egypt, or order U.S. forces to reopen the waterway. Instead, the President played for time. He sought international and Congressional support for Operation Red Sea Regatta, which called for a coalition of maritime nations to send a “probing force” through the Straits if Egypt refused to grant all nations free passage through them. Simultaneously, Johnson implored the Soviets to intercede with Nasser and urged Israeli restraint. “Israel,” Johnson told Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban on May 26, “will not be alone unless it decides to go it alone.” Yet over the following week, the administration failed to gain domestic or foreign backing for “Regatta.” Meanwhile, Jordan joined the Arab coalition, heightening the pressure for an Israeli strike. Though Johnson continued to caution Israel against preemption, a number of the President’s advisors had concluded that U.S. interests would be best served by Israel “going it alone” by the time the Israelis actually did so. The War and its Aftermath Between June 5 and June 10, Israel defeated Egypt, Jordan, and Syria and occupied the Sinai Peninsula, the Gaza Strip, the West Bank, East Jerusalem, and the Golan Heights. From the beginning, the United States sought a ceasefire in order to prevent an Arab defeat bad enough to force the Soviet Union to intervene. U.S. officials were also concerned about alienating pro-Western Arab regimes, especially after Egypt and several other Arab states accused the United States of helping Israel and broke diplomatic relations. Yet after June 5, the administration did not also demand an immediate Israeli pullback from the territories it had occupied. U.S. officials believed that in light of the tenuous nature of the prewar armistice regime, they should not force Israel to withdraw unless peace settlements were put into place. The administration’s concept of “land-for-peace” solidified following the war. “Certainly,” Johnson proclaimed, “troops must be withdrawn; but there must also be recognized rights of national life, progress in solving the refugee problem, freedom of innocent maritime passage, limitation of the arms race, and respect for political independence and territorial integrity.” Yet after the Arab states rejected a Latin American UN resolution calling for full withdrawal in exchange for recognition of “the right of all states in the area to live in peace and security” and a similar U.S.-Soviet draft, the Johnson administration scaled back its efforts to promote a settlement. Though alarmed by Israeli decisions to absorb East Jerusalem and establish Jewish settlements in the occupied territories, U.S. officials believed that the Arabs remained too inflexible to justify pressing Israel to withdraw. The Johnson administration did not re-enter the diplomatic fray until October, when the Soviets began to circulate a new version of the resolution that they had promoted that summer. Knowing that Israel would reject the Soviet draft, the administration encouraged the United Kingdom to introduce an alternative resolution devised by UN Ambassador Arthur Goldberg. Security Council Resolution 242, adopted on November 22, called for Israel’s withdrawal from “territories occupied in the recent conflict” in exchange for “termination of all claims or states of belligerency and respect for and acknowledgment of the sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence of every State in the area and their right to live in peace within secure and recognized boundaries free from threats or acts of force.” Interpreted differently by Israelis and Arabs, this resolution would nonetheless remain the bedrock of all subsequent U.S. efforts to resolve the Arab-Israeli dispute. The Arab Israeli conflict, from the 1936 revolt to 2023 A timeline of the main conflicts that saw Israel fight multiple wars against Arab countries and Palestinian groups since the establishment of the Jewish state in 1948. Israel has pounded the Gaza Strip for a third day in a row and announced a “total” blockade of the already besieged Gaza Strip, including a ban on food and water, after Hamas carried out the biggest attack on the country in decades. The Israeli army says some 100,000 reserve troops have amassed near the fence with Gaza, with over 3,000 injured and 687 killed in Gaza, 90 injured nad 17 killed in the Occupied West Bank, and 2,243 injured and over 800 killed in Israel. The 1936–1939 Arab revolt in Palestine The Great Palestinian Revolt was a popular nationalist uprising by Palestinian Arabs in Mandatory Palestine against the British administration of the Palestine Mandate, demanding Arab independence and the end of the policy of open-ended Jewish immigration and land purchases with the stated goal of establishing a “Jewish National Home”. The uprising coincided with a peak in the influx of immigrant Jews, some 60,000 that year – the Jewish population having grown under British auspices from 57,000 to 320,000 in 1935 – and with the growing plight of the rural fellahin rendered landless, who as they moved to metropolitan centers to escape their abject poverty found themselves socially marginalized. 1948 Arab Israeli war After the State of Israel was sanctioned in what was then British Mandatory Palestine, by the United Nations (1947) war broke out between Palestinians and Jewish militias led by the Haganah, which later became the Israel Defence Forces. Egypt, Syria, Iraq, Lebanon and Transjordan (later Jordan) declared war on Israel on May 15, 1948, a day after it declared its independence. The war formally ended almost a year later leaving Israel controlling much of the former British Mandate, Egypt in control of Gaza, Jordan in control of the West Bank, and several hundred thousand Palestinians displaced. 1956 Suez Crisis After Egyptian leader Gamal Abdel Nasser nationalise the Suez Canal, Israel invaded the Egyptian Sinai Peninsula on October 29 together with France and Britain, who sought control of the trade passing through the Suze. The attack was brought to a halt under US and Soviet pressure. 1967 Six Day War In the wake of regional tensions as Israel confronted assaults by Palestinian militants based in Syria, Lebanon and Jordan, on June 5, Israel launched pre-emptive attacks on Egypt, Syria and Jordan in response to a build-up of force in the Sinai and the closure of the Suez Canal to Israeli shipping. Israel won a crushing victory by June 10, leaving it in control of Sinai, the West Bank, Gaza and the Golan Heights as well as more than 1 million Palestinians in the newly occupied territories. 1973 Yom Kippur War Israel was caught out in a surprise offensive on October 6 by Egypt and Syria on the eastern banks of the Suez Canal. Saudi Arabia led an oil boycott in support of the war effort. Israel retained control of the Sinai peninsula, but the war led to negotiations and the signing of the Camp David peace accords in 1979. 1978 invasion of Lebanon Following attacks by the Palestine Liberation Organisation – which had relocated to Lebanon from Jordan after taking part in a civil war there - Israel invaded southern Lebanon in March. It withdrew in a week after forcing the PLO away from the border. 1982 invasion of Lebanon Israel invaded Lebanon again after cross-border clashes with the PLO. The invasion led to the siege of Beirut and the exile of the PLO’s leadership to Tunisia. Israel then occupied southern Lebanon for almost two decades. Yitzhak Rabin, Bill Clinton, and Yasser Arafat during the Oslo Accords on 13 September 1993 1987 Palestinian Intifada In what was described as Israel’s biggest intelligence failure since the 1973 war, protests broke out across the West Bank and Gaza that developed into a sustained uprising lasting several years. The intifada prompted US and Norwegian mediation that led to the 1993 Oslo Accords between Israel and the PLO. 1996 Lebanon war On April 11, Israel launched a big offensive against the militant Lebanese Hezbollah group, which had embarked on a sustained guerrilla campaign against Israeli occupation of southern Lebanon. The three-week offensive, dubbed Operation Grapes of Wrath, ended inconclusively. Israel withdrew from Lebanon four years later. On September 28, hardliner and future prime minister Ariel Sharon visited the Temple Mount, which is also the site of the al-Aqsa Mosque, sparking Palestinian protests that quickly turned into a second uprising. Palestinian militant groups carried out a sustained campaign of suicide bombings while the Israeli military responded with a crackdown. 2005 Gaza withdrawal and Palestinian civil war Israel withdrew from Gaza in 2005. But after Hamas won elections a year later, a civil war in Gaza ensued between the Islamists and the losing Fatah party that ended in 2007 with Hamas taking over the coastal strip. Israel and Egypt imposed border restrictions in response that Israel intensified when Hamas kidnapped an Israeli soldier. Remains of an Egged bus hit by suicide bomber in the aftermath of the 2011 southern Israel cross-border attacks. Eight people were killed, about 40 were injured 2006 Lebanon war Israel launched an offensive against Hezbollah in Lebanon after the militants kidnapped two Israeli soldiers in a cross-border raid. The 34-day-conflict killed hundreds of Lebanese and dozens of Israelis, and was the first to feature sustained rocket fire on Israel, a tactic Hamas would later replicate. 2008 Gaza war Tension between Hamas and Israel built up with sporadic rocket fire that finally led to an Israeli air and ground assault on Gaza dubbed Operation Cast Lead. Hamas fired hundreds of rockets into Israel. The three-week war killed more than 1,000 Palestinians and 13 Israelis. 2014 Israel-Gaza war Simmering tension again broke out into war in July, with Israel launching an air and ground offensive against Hamas in Gaza after the group fired dozens of rockets into Israel. The war, which lasted a month and a half, killed dozens of Israelis and more than 2,000 Palestinians. 2021 conflict An 11-day conflict erupted after Hamas fired rockets at cities and towns across Israel following weeks of tension in and around Jerusalem. The scale and the scope of the barrage caught Israel by surprise and it responded by pounding Gaza with air strikes and artillery. Hamas fired over 3,700 rockets into Israel. The conflict ended when Egypt negotiated a ceasefire, along with the US and Qatar. The US-Israeli-Palestinian conflict: A chronology A surprise, coordinated assault on Israel by Palestinian militant group Hamas — one of the deadliest and most brazen attacks in years — brought renewed attention to an old and continuing problem: the Israeli-Palestinian conflict that has vexed the Middle East for decades. In Israel, Hamas militants killed at least 1,200 people since Saturday, according to Israeli authorities. Palestinian authorities said Israeli strikes killed at least 1,100 people. More than 100 Israelis are thought to be held captive in the Gaza Strip, and President Biden said Americans are among the hostages. The roots of the conflict and mistrust are deep and complex, predating the establishment of the state of Israel in 1948. Both Palestinians and Israelis see the territory between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea as their own, and Christians, Jews and Muslims all hold parts of the land as sacred. The past seven decades have brought war, uprisings and, at times, glimmers of hope for compromise. Here is a timeline beginning around 1948, including the latest violence in the Gaza Strip: World War I: The question of Palestine The Ottoman Empire had controlled that part of the Middle East from the early 16th century until control of most of the region was granted to the British after World War I. Both Israelis and Palestinians were struggling for self-determination and sovereignty over the territory, developing respective movements for their causes. As World War I began, several controversial diplomatic efforts — some contradicting each other — by the Great Powers tried to shape the map of the modern Middle East, including the Palestinian territories. Palestinians cite a series of letters in 1915 to 1916 between Mecca’s emir and the British high commissioner in Egypt, known as the McMahon-Hussein Correspondence, as outlining a promise of an independent Arab state. In 1916, the Sykes-Picot Agreement secretly negotiated between Britain and France planned to carve up the Middle East into spheres of influence, and determined that the land in question was to be internationalized. In 1917, Britain’s foreign secretary, Lord Arthur Balfour, expressed his government’s support for “the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people” in a letter to Baron Walter Rothschild, the head of the British wing of the influential European Jewish banking family. To Israelis, the missive marks a formal utterance of the Israeli state’s right to exist; to Palestinians, it was an early sign of their dispossession. The declaration also noted that it was “clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine,” nodding to the overwhelming majority Arab population in the region at the time. (About 90 percent of the population was Muslim in 1850, and about 80 percent in 1914.) Large-scale Jewish immigration followed in succeeding decades, including during Nazi persecution and the Holocaust. Both sides continued to assert their right to establish a state. 1948: Israel declares independence After World War II, nearing the end of the British Mandate for Palestine, the United Nations General Assembly in 1947 passes Resolution 181, urging the partition of the land into two independent states — one Arab and one Jewish. Religiously significant Jerusalem is to be under special international administration. The plan is not implemented after the Arab side rejects it, arguing that it is unfavorable to their majority population. Violence in the regional conflict grows. Israel declares independence in May 1948. The next day, a coalition of Arab states, allied with Palestinian factions, attack Israeli forces in what becomes the first of several Arab-Israeli wars. In the end, Israel gains control of an even larger portion of territory not including the areas of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. An estimated 700,000 Palestinians flee or are driven from their land in what Palestinians refer to as the “Nakba,” or “catastrophe” in Arabic. July 1956: The Suez Crisis Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser nationalizes the Suez Canal, a vital trade route connecting the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea. Israel invades Egypt, followed by forces from Britain and France. A peace deal, backed by the United States and Soviet Union, ends the fighting. But the canal is blocked by sunken ships and doesn’t reopen until 1957. June 1967: 1967 war In June of 1967, a war known as the “Six-Day War” or the 1967 Arab-Israeli War breaks out amid lingering conflicts, including Egypt’s continued blockade of shipping into the Gulf of Aqaba. Israeli warplanes strike Egyptian airfields, and Israeli ground forces enter the Sinai Peninsula. Jordan joins the fighting alongside Egypt, but Israeli forces have the upper hand after nearly wiping out Egypt’s air power. Israel takes control of the Gaza Strip, Sinai, the West Bank, the Golan Heights and predominantly Palestinian East Jerusalem. The Arab armies suffer massive losses. September 1972: Munich Olympics attack At the 1972 Munich Summer Olympics, a group of Palestinian extremists from the Black September group raid the Olympic Village dorm where Israeli athletes are housed. They kill two athletes and take nine others as hostages, all of whom are killed soon after. October 1973: Yom Kippur War A coalition of Arab nations, led by Egypt and Syria, launches a surprise, coordinated attack on Israel on Yom Kippur, a Jewish holy day. The Arab forces initially gain ground but are driven back by an Israeli counteroffensive aided by supplies from allies, including the United States. Both sides see heavy death tolls. September 1978: Camp David Accords A peace agreement between Egyptian President Anwar Sadat and Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin, known as the Camp David Accords, is brokered in September 1978 by U.S. President Jimmy Carter. It lays the foundation to a peace deal between the two countries the next year, including Israel’s eventual withdrawal from the Sinai Peninsula. It also sets out a framework for a process of Palestinian self-government in the West Bank and Gaza. Potential Palestinian peace proposals are discussed but never carried out. December 1987: First intifada A Palestinian uprising, or intifada, brings largely spontaneous clashes, protests and civil disobedience against Israeli occupation in the West Bank, Gaza and Israel, leading to harsh Israeli military crackdowns. Unrest continues for years, with many killed or injured on both sides. 1993: Oslo accords The first of two pacts, known as the Oslo accords, are signed between Israel and the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), setting out a peace process based on previous U.N. resolutions and charting the expansion of a limited Palestinian self-rule in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. (A follow-up accord is signed in 1995.) The agreements create the Palestinian Authority to oversee most administrative affairs in those areas. The PLO is recognized by Israel and the United States as a negotiating partner. Left unresolved, however, are key issues such as Israeli settlements in the West Bank and the status of Jerusalem, which is viewed by the Palestinians as the capital of any future state. 1995: Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin assassinated On Nov. 4, 1995, Yitzhak Rabin, 73, the fifth prime minister of Israel, is fatally shot in the back by a right-wing Jewish extremist who aimed to derail the peace process with Palestinians. Rabin was departing a peace rally attended by more than 100,000 in Tel Aviv. The shooter, Yigal Amir, who was in his 20s, opposed the Oslo accords on religious grounds, telling police that he acted on the “orders of God” to stop holy land from being handed to Palestinians. He has never expressed regret for the killing and is serving a life sentence. 2000: Second intifada The second intifada, or Palestinian uprising, begins after riots broke out following a visit by right-wing Israeli political figure Ariel Sharon (later prime minister) to a compound in Jerusalem that is venerated in Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Clashes and other violence continue until 2005, leaving hundreds dead on both sides. 2006: Hamas elected in Gaza Israel withdraws its troops from Gaza in 2005. The Palestinian militant group Hamas wins legislative elections the next year, leading to political strains with the more moderate Fatah party controlling the West Bank. After Hamas’s 2007 takeover of the Gaza Strip, Israel imposes a 16-year blockade on the small, overcrowded Palestinian enclave that is home to 2 million Palestinians. Limiting the mobility of goods and people in and out of the territory, Israel has deepened Gaza’s humanitarian crisis, the United Nations says. Most Gazans live in refugee camps and rely on U.N. rations. The West Bank, home to 3 million Palestinians — and more than a half-million Jews living in settlements deemed illegal under international law — is occupied by Israel and subject to its military administration. Several rights groups have said Israel’s regime over Palestinians amounts to “apartheid.” In a 2022 report, Amnesty International said it analyzed “Israel’s intent to create and maintain a system of oppression and domination over Palestinians,” including through “territorial fragmentation; segregation and control; dispossession of land and property; and denial of economic and social rights.” The group concluded: “This is apartheid.” We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Let's Stop All Wars Now in The Final Speech from The Great Dictator was Chaplin’s first film with dialogue. Chaplin plays both a little Jewish barber, living in the ghetto, and Hynkel, the dictator ruler of Tomainia. In his autobiography Chaplin quotes himself as having said: “One doesn’t have to be a Jew to be anti Nazi. All one has to be is a normal decent human being.” Thanks !

Israel Surprise Attack On United States Navy Ship USS Liberty incident was an attack on a United States Navy technical research ship (spy ship), USS Liberty, by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy motor torpedo boats, on 8 June 1967, during the Six-Day War. The combined air and sea attack killed 34 crew members (naval officers, seamen, two marines, and one civilian NSA employee), wounded 171 crew members, and severely damaged the ship. At the time, the ship was in international waters north of the Sinai Peninsula, about 25.5 nmi (29.3 mi; 47.2 km) northwest from the Egyptian city of Arish. Israel apologized for the attack, saying that the USS Liberty had been attacked in error after being mistaken for an Egyptian ship. Both the Israeli and U.S. governments conducted inquiries and issued reports that concluded the attack was a mistake due to Israeli confusion about the ship's identity. Others, including survivors of the attack, have rejected these conclusions and maintain that the attack was deliberate. In May 1968, the Israeli government paid US$3.32 million (equivalent to US$28 million in 2022) to the U.S. government in compensation for the families of the 34 men killed in the attack. In March 1969, Israel paid a further $3.57 million ($28.5 million in 2022) to the men who had been wounded. In December 1980, it agreed to pay $6 million ($21.3 million in 2022) as the final settlement for material damage to the ship plus 13 years of interest. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USS_Liberty_incident Israeli jet fighters hit the vessel with rockets, cannon fire and napalm, before three Israeli torpedo boats moved in to launch a second more devastating attack. Though she did not sink, the Liberty was badly damaged. Thirty-four US servicemen and civilian analysts were killed, another 171 were wounded by attack had been a catastrophic accident. Will Tell The Truth About All Surprise Attacked 2023 On Israel By Jihad Hamas Khilafah Islamic State and Israel Surprise Attacked 1967 On Egypt. Six Day War, 1967. On the morning of June 5, Israeli planes surprise-attacked the at-rest Egyptian air force, destroying hundreds of planes. Similar strikes hobbled Jordan and Syria. On the ground, Israeli troops marched into the Sinai Peninsula and the Gaza Strip. They routed Palestinians from the West Bank of the Jordan River, seized the Golan Heights in Syria and continued on to the Suez Canal. The rapid chain of events altered the landscape and the future of the Middle East — and, arguably, foreign policy in state departments around the world. Field Marshal Amer and the Egyptian top brass were meeting at Bir Tamada, an airbase in Sinai. They were just starting the meeting when the first Israeli jets started their bomb runs. One of the generals was so surprised by the attack that the first thing that flashed through his mind was a coup or some other kind of Egyptian betrayal. The Japanese surprise-attack on Pearl Harbor, 1941. The morning assault by the Imperial Japanese Army on the U.S naval base in Hawaii changed the shape of the already-raging 1937 start of World War II. The Battle of France, 1940. Hitler's Conquest of France, said that the Germans' "successful surprise attack" on France altered the way the world regarded France and the way that France regarded itself. The headline writers at USA Today put it this way: "9/11: How One Day Changed Our World." National Geographic observed that the surprise-attacks of Sept. 11 by U.S.A. would "alter the course of history." In August 1964, the U.S. entered the Vietnam War based on reports of an unprovoked attack in the Gulf of Tonkin — which the president knew were false. They showed that there was no attack on August 4. U.S. officials had distorted the truth about the Gulf of Tonkin incident for their own gains — and perhaps for Johnson’s own political prospects. A LITTLE HISTORY On June 8, 1967, Lieutenant Richard F. Kiepfer, was the lone medical doctor on board the spy ship, the USS LIBERTY, who “with complete disregard for his own personal safety, exposed himself to overwhelmingly accurate rocket and machine gun fire…administered first aid…treated [171 wounded] men for pain, shock…[and] conducted a major surgical operation” [Silver Star Medal Commendation]. Six weeks after boarding the LIBERTY, fifteen minutes into the attack and while operating on a sailor to control his bleeding, Dr. Kiepfer received eleven shrapnel wounds into his abdomen, a gun shot to his leg, burns and a broken knee cap. He remained on his feet and caring for the crew for the next twenty-eight hours and their spirits ever since. In December 2007, I visited with 70 year old Dr. Kiepfer, a Catholic born and bred in Brooklyn, in his Texas home where the deer ignore the corn put out by his neighbors, for Dr. Kiepfer provides prime feed in his front yard. Obese raccoons dine on a daily feast of dog food and multiple cats eat better than mine, in his back yard. Friends, who check on the doctor daily, set the food out, for Dr. Kiepfer could no longer do what he once did. A Master Bridge player while still in his teens, Dr. Kiepfer today continues to play the cards he has been dealt in life with aplomb and grace. In 1973 he nearly died in a plane crash after parachuting atop of Georgia pecan trees that ended his surgical career and the use of his right hand and arm. “As I laid there and looked at my arm and failed every test to move it, I knew then I would never operate again and began to think about what I could do in life to continue to be useful, and decided on nuclear medicine. The pilot landed a mile away from me, and was impaled on a forest of pine trees.” After twenty years in nuclear medicine he retired after suffering a heart attack and since then has suffered the loss of two wives, but not his sense of humor, which borders on the ribald. My weekend visit with Dr. Kiepfer in his home adorned with icons of St. Francis occurred only a week after his discharge from a rehabilitation center. He had spent the last six months recuperating from a below the knee amputation. Retired Commander David Ed Lewis who had been the officer in charge of 195 men out of the total crew of 294 on the US LIBERTY, told me, “I know Doc has suffered more and complained less than anyone I know. Job didn’t have much on Doc. He has always dedicated his life to others and has never asked anything in return from them.” The book of Job is a critique about the justice of God in light of suffering and finding meaning and value in that pain and not playing a blame game and I learned that Keipfer certainly qualifies. I also had many questions for Dr. Kiepfer, and utmost was what was left out of the Court of Inquiry: such as how could the deck log which documents the hours during the attack be so neatly written and list all the dead and wounded in alphabetical order within the hours of noon to four PM but make no mention of the many Israeli over flights that occurred during the morning before the attack. Dr. Kiepfer explained, “The deck log was not written during the attack. Captain McGonagle signed off on the Log and that makes it legal, but not authentic. McGonagle was concerned that he would be blamed for the LIBERTY being in troubled waters. I told him, ‘Over my dead fucking body!'” After the hellacious and unprovoked attack by Israel, they did indeed blame the victims. “Israel did identify the ship six hours before the attack. Israel did know that the ship was American and admitted to our government that they knew the ship was American; Israel claims only that the attacking forces failed to get the word. “Modern diplomacy simply does not permit one to embarrass a ‘friendly’ nation, even when that nation is caught red-handed with its torpedo in one’s ship! “McGonagle was tormented by the idea that he was somehow responsible for the agony his ship and crew suffered. One top level theory holds that someone in the Israeli armed forces ordered the LIBERTY sunk because he suspected that it had taken down messages showing that Israel started the fighting during the Six Day War. “Typical of Israel’s casual attitude toward the episode, an attitude which suggested from the beginning that it was really our fault for being there-in international waters-in the first place. “Messages from Israel directly charged that a share of the blame was McGonagle’s. The Shreveport Times suggested that our government was involved in a cover-up and that the attack itself may have been conducted to prevent the ship and the United States from detecting the pending invasion of Syria” which had been scheduled for June 8th but implemented on June 9th. “McGonagle may have misremembered or may have not reported the over a dozen Israeli over flights that morning because he may have thought he should have abandoned our mission-which was to listen in on all communications. My opinion as a civilian is that the Court of Inquiry-which was to determine if the Navy were at fault- should have inquired why he didn’t get the LIBERTY out of the area since we could see the smoke from Al Arish, in Gaza. “I was the only Medical Corp officer to be appointed Officer of the Deck-that means I was in charge of everything on the ship when the Captain was off duty. I stood mid watch from midnight to 4 AM the night before the attack of June 8, 1967 and all was quiet. I always slept until 7:29 because breakfast ended at 7:30. Beginning at sunrise to 8 AM, the bridge reported a couple of propeller driven aircraft overhead and by noon several more. “At lunch people were talking about all the Israeli over flights, but nobody was worried; they were our friends. Afterwards, as usual I went to the wardroom for coffee while the Corpsmen began the start of sick call and off duty officers pursued the national sport of sunbathing on the quarterdeck. “Lieutenant George Golden and I were together when the attack began and we thought a steam line had ruptured when we heard the first explosion. We both headed off to our general quarters stations as the announcement sounded that we were under attack. I assumed it was perpetrated by the Arabs or Russians. Understand that nobody could identify Mirage fighter-bombers that travel at MACH One. IMAGINE as I say these words to you that the jets are a mile away, now they are overhead and now they are a mile away from us. That is how fast they travel. “Fifteen minutes into the attack, while I was operating on a sailor and trying to control his bleeding, I was hit with eleven pieces of shrapnel into my abdomen. A rocket struck above the ceiling of sick bay and the light over my head and the operating table protected me; both acted as a life saver for me, otherwise I would have gotten hit in my shoulders, side and back. I was knocked against a wall and waves of red and white pain throbbed through me. “I knew I had to finish with the guy on the table-if I walked away, I wouldn’t have returned. All I could think about was keeping limbs attached to sailors. From the moment the attack began, I felt a greater presence within me that was physically holding me up. I thought it was the spirit of all the navy docs who had gone before me. I felt physically held up by my invisible assistants and with all that adrenalin coursing through me and some carefully titrated morphine that I self injected, I was able to do what I did. “It was not until I finished that operation did I even examine myself. The fragments that penetrated me were so hot they cauterized my wounds. The pain was intense, but after applying surgical dressings to my wounds and putting on a life vest to control the bleeding I gave myself a shot of morphine and remained on my feet and working for the next twenty-eight hours. “Just before the torpedo struck, I was summoned to the bridge and went through the mess decks from sickbay, where a number of wounded sailors were. Captain McGonagle was the only man still functioning there, the lookouts were dead, the helmsman-the guy at the steering wheel was dead and I saw the blown apart remains of our Navigator, Mr. Toth, two decks below me. All I could do was administer morphine to the still living and get them onto stretchers to evacuate them. I had two Corpsmen working with me and knew I needed more surrogates, for the wounded were shoulder to shoulder the full circumference of the passageway. “While I was on the deck, I got hit by a fifty caliber machine gun bullet to my leg that came from the torpedo boats. I was bleeding into my shoes and not until the next day when I was able to lie down did the bleeding slow down. You know the story of the Incredible Hulk and mother’s who lift cars off of their kids? When you are angry and hurt you can do amazing things. “If you got one hundred people into my skin that day, probably all of them would have thrown up from the hell that erupted on the LIBERTY. Men were groaning and crying for their mothers, but it was just background noise for me. I was slip sliding as I crossed the bloody deck to get to the Captain who had been hit. McGonagle was leaning back in the Captain’s chair, bleeding from many orifices; some natural and some new ones. I applied battle dressings, started an IV, gave him some morphine and sent an enlisted man to find as many officers as possible to come up to the Bridge and assist him and to watch him for shock. The Captain said, ‘If I sit up, I pass out, but as long as I stay in this position, I am OK.’ “People I had eaten lunch with were dismembered all around me, burned, dead. To this day, every time I have a phone conversation with Phil Tourney, who held the light while I was operating on Blanchard, he tells me he can still see the look in my eyes. “Everyone in the Navy hierarchy knew we were scapegoats and the Navy would have done anything to exact retribution, but the Navy never got the chance. 
 “In LBJ’s mind we were just an average day’s losses in Vietnam. I doubt Israel would have attacked without the knowledge or complicity of our State Departments willingness to sacrifice a few hundred sailors to have a ‘stabilized’ Middle East and all that oil. Our State Department’s morality and ethics are just slightly below those of a Madame in a house of ill repute or a large-scale drug dealer. “June 8, 1967 was like July 4th in hell without the ice cream. And yes, I agree that it was God that kept us afloat.” The Six-Day War (Hebrew: מִלְחֶמֶת שֵׁשֶׁת הַיָּמִים, Milḥemet Šešet HaYamim; Arabic: النكسة, an-Naksah, lit. 'The Setback' or حرب 1967, Ḥarb 1967, 'War of 1967') or June War, also known as the 1967 Arab–Israeli War or Third Arab–Israeli War, was fought between Israel and a coalition of Arab states (primarily Egypt, Syria, and Jordan) from 5 to 10 June 1967. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Six-Day_War#:~:text=The%20battle%20ended%20in%20an,dead%20and%20100%20taken%20prisoner. Between 776 and 983 Israelis were killed and 4,517 were wounded. Fifteen Israeli soldiers were captured. Arab casualties were far greater. Between 9,800 and 15,000 Egyptian soldiers were listed as killed or missing in action. An additional 4,338 Egyptian soldiers were captured. Jordanian losses are estimated to be 700 killed in action with another 2,500 wounded. The Syrians were estimated to have sustained between 1,000 and 2,500 killed in action. Between 367 and 591 Syrians were captured. Casualties were also suffered by UNEF, the United Nations Emergency Force that was stationed on the Egyptian side of the border. In three different episodes, Israeli forces attacked a UNEF convoy, camps in which UNEF personnel were concentrated and the UNEF headquarters in Gaza, resulting in one Brazilian peacekeeper and 14 Indian officials killed by Israeli forces, with an additional seventeen peacekeepers wounded in both contingents. Here is a review of casualties in Middle East conflicts since World War II: GULF WAR, JAN. 17-FEB. 28, 1991: To date, the allies have reported 178 killed in action. No comprehensive Iraqi casualty figures have been issued, but an Iraqi official was quoted as saying 20,000 Iraqis were killed in the first 26 days of the war. Other estimates have put the number of Iraqi dead in the tens of thousands. IRAN-IRAQ WAR, 1980-88: Iran has acknowledged 135,000 military and civilian dead, but Westernmilitary analysts put the figure two or three times higher. Iraq has not issued figures, but diplomats in Baghdad estimate at least 100,000 dead. Conservative Western estimates put casualties on both sides at 1 million dead or wounded. SOUTH YEMEN CIVIL WAR, JANUARY, 1986: Officials put the death toll at nearly 4,250, but diplomatic sources said the figure was nearer 10,000. ISRAELI INVASION OF LEBANON, 1982: Israel had 657 killed and 3,887 wounded. Syrian casualtieswere 370 killed and 1,000 wounded. The PLO had an estimated 1,000 killed with 6,000 captured. More than 19,000 Lebanese and Palestinians, mostly civilians, were killed and 30,000 wounded. LEBANESE CIVIL WAR, 1975-90: An estimated 150,000 people killed. More than 1 million, a quarter of the population, were displaced. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1973: Israeli casualties were 2,569 killed and 7,500 wounded in the three-week conflict. Syria lost an estimated 3,500 dead, with 21,000 wounded. Egypt had an estimated 15,000 killed and 30,000 wounded. Iraqi casualties were 125 killed and 260 wounded. JORDAN’S WAR WITH THE PLO AND SYRIA, 1970: Jordan had 600 killed, 1,500 wounded; Syrian casualties were 600 killed or wounded, and 10,000 Palestinians were killed or wounded. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR OF ATTRITION, MARCH, 1969-AUGUST, 1970: Israel had 721 killed and 2,659 wounded. Arab casualties are not known, but at the peak of the fighting, Egypt alone had 300 casualties a day. SIX-DAY ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1967: Egypt lost an estimated 11,500 killed and 10,000 taken prisoner, including nine generals, in the six days of combat. Syrian casualties were 1,000 killed and Jordan lost 6,094. Israel casualties were 777 killed and 2,811 wounded. YEMEN CIVIL WAR, 1961-1969: Figures vary, but an estimated 70,000 Yemenis and Egyptians, who supported republican rebels against the royalists, were killed or wounded. ISRAEL’S SINAI CAMPAIGN, 1956: Israel lost 172 killed, 817 wounded. Egyptian casualties were an estimated 2,000-3,000 dead. British and French casualties in the invasion of Suez, which coincided with Israel’s thrust into the Sinai desert, were 82 killed and 129 wounded. ARAB-ISRAELI WAR, 1948-49: Israel lost 6,200 killed, and Arab losses were estimated at 2,000 regular soldiers killed. Thousands of Arab and Palestinian irregulars were also believed killed. The 1967 US-Arab-Israeli War marked the failure of the Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson administrations’ efforts to prevent renewed Arab-Israeli conflict following the 1956 Suez War. Unwilling to return to what National Security Advisor Walter Rostow called the “tenuous chewing gum and string arrangements” established after Suez, the Johnson administration sought Israel’s withdrawal from the territories it had occupied in exchange for peace settlements with its Arab neighbors. This formula has remained the basis of all U.S. Middle East peacemaking efforts into the present. President Lyndon Johnson and his advisors meet with Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban to discuss the developing crisis in the Middle East, May 26, 1967. (LBJ Library photo by Yoichi Okamoto) The Johnson Administration and the Arab-Israeli Conflict, 1963–1967 Lyndon Johnson’s presidency witnessed the transformation of the American role in the Arab-Israeli conflict. Until the early 1960s, the United States had adhered to the terms of the Tripartite Declaration of 1950, wherein the United States, United Kingdom, and France had pledged to prevent aggression by Middle Eastern states and oppose a regional arms race. The United States had pressed Israel to withdraw from the Sinai Peninsula and Gaza Strip after Suez, and rejected Israeli requests for all but limited quantities of defensive weapons. By the time Johnson took office, however, U.S. policymakers concluded that this policy was no longer sustainable. Soviet arms sales to left-leaning Arab states, especially Egypt, threatened to erode Israel’s military superiority. Johnson’s advisors worried that if the United States did not offset this shift in the balance of power, Israel’s leaders might launch a preventive war or develop nuclear weapons. Initially, the Johnson administration sought to convince Egyptian President Gamal Abdul Nasser and the Soviet leadership to work toward a regional arms control regime, but neither party proved receptive. Thus, in 1965, Johnson agreed to sell Israel M48A3 tanks, followed by A–4 Skyhawk aircraft in 1966. The rationale behind these sales, as National Security Council staffer Robert Komer put it, was that “Arab knowledge that they could not win an arms race against Israel should contribute long-term to the damping down of the Arab-Israeli dispute.” However, U.S. efforts to preserve the regional balance of power were soon undermined by Fatah and other Palestinian guerilla organizations, which began attacking targets inside Israel. The Johnson administration tried to intercede with Fatah’s Syrian patrons and to prevent Israeli retaliation against Jordan, from which most Palestinian raids were launched. U.S. officials worried that Israeli reprisals could undermine Jordan’s King Hussein, who had secretly agreed to keep Jordan’s strategically crucial West Bank a buffer zone. In November 1966, when the Israelis attacked the West Bank town of Samu‘ , the Johnson administration voted for a United Nations Resolution condemning Israel, admonished Israeli officials, and authorized an emergency airlift of military equipment to Jordan. While the administration’s response to Samu‘ helped prevent further Israeli reprisals against Jordan, it failed to address the underlying problem of Palestinian cross-border attacks. By the spring of 1967, the Israelis were retaliating forcefully against Syria, whose leaders demanded that Egypt intervene on their behalf. The Prewar Crisis On May 13, 1967, Soviet officials informed the Syrian and Egyptian Governments that Israel had massed troops on Syria’s border. Though the report was false, Nasser sent large numbers of Egyptian soldiers into the Sinai anyway. On May 16, Egypt demanded that the United Nations Emergency Force (UNEF), which had been deployed in the Sinai Peninsula and the Gaza Strip since 1957, withdraw from Israel’s border. Secretary-General U Thant replied that he would have to withdraw UNEF from all its positions, including Sharm al-Shaykh, which would put political pressure on Nasser to close the Straits of Tiran to Israeli shipping. Nasser remained adamant, and on May 22, after UNEF withdrew, he announced that he would close the Straits. In 1957, President Dwight D. Eisenhower had promised that the United States would treat the closure of the Straits as an act of war. Johnson now had three unwelcome options: to renege on Eisenhower’s promise, acquiesce in an Israeli attack on Egypt, or order U.S. forces to reopen the waterway. Instead, the President played for time. He sought international and Congressional support for Operation Red Sea Regatta, which called for a coalition of maritime nations to send a “probing force” through the Straits if Egypt refused to grant all nations free passage through them. Simultaneously, Johnson implored the Soviets to intercede with Nasser and urged Israeli restraint. “Israel,” Johnson told Israeli Foreign Minister Abba Eban on May 26, “will not be alone unless it decides to go it alone.” Yet over the following week, the administration failed to gain domestic or foreign backing for “Regatta.” Meanwhile, Jordan joined the Arab coalition, heightening the pressure for an Israeli strike. Though Johnson continued to caution Israel against preemption, a number of the President’s advisors had concluded that U.S. interests would be best served by Israel “going it alone” by the time the Israelis actually did so. The War and its Aftermath Between June 5 and June 10, Israel defeated Egypt, Jordan, and Syria and occupied the Sinai Peninsula, the Gaza Strip, the West Bank, East Jerusalem, and the Golan Heights. From the beginning, the United States sought a ceasefire in order to prevent an Arab defeat bad enough to force the Soviet Union to intervene. U.S. officials were also concerned about alienating pro-Western Arab regimes, especially after Egypt and several other Arab states accused the United States of helping Israel and broke diplomatic relations. Yet after June 5, the administration did not also demand an immediate Israeli pullback from the territories it had occupied. U.S. officials believed that in light of the tenuous nature of the prewar armistice regime, they should not force Israel to withdraw unless peace settlements were put into place. The administration’s concept of “land-for-peace” solidified following the war. “Certainly,” Johnson proclaimed, “troops must be withdrawn; but there must also be recognized rights of national life, progress in solving the refugee problem, freedom of innocent maritime passage, limitation of the arms race, and respect for political independence and territorial integrity.” Yet after the Arab states rejected a Latin American UN resolution calling for full withdrawal in exchange for recognition of “the right of all states in the area to live in peace and security” and a similar U.S.-Soviet draft, the Johnson administration scaled back its efforts to promote a settlement. Though alarmed by Israeli decisions to absorb East Jerusalem and establish Jewish settlements in the occupied territories, U.S. officials believed that the Arabs remained too inflexible to justify pressing Israel to withdraw. The Johnson administration did not re-enter the diplomatic fray until October, when the Soviets began to circulate a new version of the resolution that they had promoted that summer. Knowing that Israel would reject the Soviet draft, the administration encouraged the United Kingdom to introduce an alternative resolution devised by UN Ambassador Arthur Goldberg. Security Council Resolution 242, adopted on November 22, called for Israel’s withdrawal from “territories occupied in the recent conflict” in exchange for “termination of all claims or states of belligerency and respect for and acknowledgment of the sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence of every State in the area and their right to live in peace within secure and recognized boundaries free from threats or acts of force.” Interpreted differently by Israelis and Arabs, this resolution would nonetheless remain the bedrock of all subsequent U.S. efforts to resolve the Arab-Israeli dispute. The Arab Israeli conflict, from the 1936 revolt to 2023 A timeline of the main conflicts that saw Israel fight multiple wars against Arab countries and Palestinian groups since the establishment of the Jewish state in 1948. Israel has pounded the Gaza Strip for a third day in a row and announced a “total” blockade of the already besieged Gaza Strip, including a ban on food and water, after Hamas carried out the biggest attack on the country in decades. The Israeli army says some 100,000 reserve troops have amassed near the fence with Gaza, with over 3,000 injured and 687 killed in Gaza, 90 injured nad 17 killed in the Occupied West Bank, and 2,243 injured and over 800 killed in Israel. The 1936–1939 Arab revolt in Palestine The Great Palestinian Revolt was a popular nationalist uprising by Palestinian Arabs in Mandatory Palestine against the British administration of the Palestine Mandate, demanding Arab independence and the end of the policy of open-ended Jewish immigration and land purchases with the stated goal of establishing a “Jewish National Home”. The uprising coincided with a peak in the influx of immigrant Jews, some 60,000 that year – the Jewish population having grown under British auspices from 57,000 to 320,000 in 1935 – and with the growing plight of the rural fellahin rendered landless, who as they moved to metropolitan centres to escape their abject poverty found themselves socially marginalised. 1948 Arab Israeli war After the State of Israel was sanctioned in what was then British Mandatory Palestine, by the United Nations (1947) war broke out between Palestinians and Jewish militias led by the Haganah, which later became the Israel Defence Forces. Egypt, Syria, Iraq, Lebanon and Transjordan (later Jordan) declared war on Israel on May 15, 1948, a day after it declared its independence. The war formally ended almost a year later leaving Israel controlling much of the former British Mandate, Egypt in control of Gaza, Jordan in control of the West Bank, and several hundred thousand Palestinians displaced. 1956 Suez Crisis After Egyptian leader Gamal Abdel Nasser nationalise the Suez Canal, Israel invaded the Egyptian Sinai Peninsula on October 29 together with France and Britain, who sought control of the trade passing through the Suze. The attack was brought to a halt under US and Soviet pressure. 1967 Six Day War In the wake of regional tensions as Israel confronted assaults by Palestinian militants based in Syria, Lebanon and Jordan, on June 5, Israel launched pre-emptive attacks on Egypt, Syria and Jordan in response to a build-up of force in the Sinai and the closure of the Suez Canal to Israeli shipping. Israel won a crushing victory by June 10, leaving it in control of Sinai, the West Bank, Gaza and the Golan Heights as well as more than 1 million Palestinians in the newly occupied territories. 1973 Yom Kippur War Israel was caught out in a surprise offensive on October 6 by Egypt and Syria on the eastern banks of the Suez Canal. Saudi Arabia led an oil boycott in support of the war effort. Israel retained control of the Sinai peninsula, but the war led to negotiations and the signing of the Camp David peace accords in 1979. 1978 invasion of Lebanon Following attacks by the Palestine Liberation Organisation – which had relocated to Lebanon from Jordan after taking part in a civil war there - Israel invaded southern Lebanon in March. It withdrew in a week after forcing the PLO away from the border. 1982 invasion of Lebanon Israel invaded Lebanon again after cross-border clashes with the PLO. The invasion led to the siege of Beirut and the exile of the PLO’s leadership to Tunisia. Israel then occupied southern Lebanon for almost two decades. Yitzhak Rabin, Bill Clinton, and Yasser Arafat during the Oslo Accords on 13 September 1993 1987 Palestinian Intifada In what was described as Israel’s biggest intelligence failure since the 1973 war, protests broke out across the West Bank and Gaza that developed into a sustained uprising lasting several years. The intifada prompted US and Norwegian mediation that led to the 1993 Oslo Accords between Israel and the PLO. 1996 Lebanon war On April 11, Israel launched a big offensive against the militant Lebanese Hezbollah group, which had embarked on a sustained guerrilla campaign against Israeli occupation of southern Lebanon. The three-week offensive, dubbed Operation Grapes of Wrath, ended inconclusively. Israel withdrew from Lebanon four years later. On September 28, hardliner and future prime minister Ariel Sharon visited the Temple Mount, which is also the site of the al-Aqsa Mosque, sparking Palestinian protests that quickly turned into a second uprising. Palestinian militant groups carried out a sustained campaign of suicide bombings while the Israeli military responded with a crackdown. 2005 Gaza withdrawal and Palestinian civil war Israel withdrew from Gaza in 2005. But after Hamas won elections a year later, a civil war in Gaza ensued between the Islamists and the losing Fatah party that ended in 2007 with Hamas taking over the coastal strip. Israel and Egypt imposed border restrictions in response that Israel intensified when Hamas kidnapped an Israeli soldier. Remains of an Egged bus hit by suicide bomber in the aftermath of the 2011 southern Israel cross-border attacks. Eight people were killed, about 40 were injured 2006 Lebanon war Israel launched an offensive against Hezbollah in Lebanon after the militants kidnapped two Israeli soldiers in a cross-border raid. The 34-day-conflict killed hundreds of Lebanese and dozens of Israelis, and was the first to feature sustained rocket fire on Israel, a tactic Hamas would later replicate. 2008 Gaza war Tension between Hamas and Israel built up with sporadic rocket fire that finally led to an Israeli air and ground assault on Gaza dubbed Operation Cast Lead. Hamas fired hundreds of rockets into Israel. The three-week war killed more than 1,000 Palestinians and 13 Israelis. 2014 Israel-Gaza war Simmering tension again broke out into war in July, with Israel launching an air and ground offensive against Hamas in Gaza after the group fired dozens of rockets into Israel. The war, which lasted a month and a half, killed dozens of Israelis and more than 2,000 Palestinians. 2021 conflict An 11-day conflict erupted after Hamas fired rockets at cities and towns across Israel following weeks of tension in and around Jerusalem. The scale and the scope of the barrage caught Israel by surprise and it responded by pounding Gaza with air strikes and artillery. Hamas fired over 3,700 rockets into Israel. The conflict ended when Egypt negotiated a ceasefire, along with the US and Qatar. The US-Israeli-Palestinian conflict: A chronology A surprise, coordinated assault on Israel by Palestinian militant group Hamas — one of the deadliest and most brazen attacks in years — brought renewed attention to an old and continuing problem: the Israeli-Palestinian conflict that has vexed the Middle East for decades. In Israel, Hamas militants killed at least 1,200 people since Saturday, according to Israeli authorities. Palestinian authorities said Israeli strikes killed at least 1,100 people. More than 100 Israelis are thought to be held captive in the Gaza Strip, and President Biden said Americans are among the hostages. The roots of the conflict and mistrust are deep and complex, predating the establishment of the state of Israel in 1948. Both Palestinians and Israelis see the territory between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea as their own, and Christians, Jews and Muslims all hold parts of the land as sacred. The past seven decades have brought war, uprisings and, at times, glimmers of hope for compromise. Here is a timeline beginning around 1948, including the latest violence in the Gaza Strip: World War I: The question of Palestine The Ottoman Empire had controlled that part of the Middle East from the early 16th century until control of most of the region was granted to the British after World War I. Both Israelis and Palestinians were struggling for self-determination and sovereignty over the territory, developing respective movements for their causes. As World War I began, several controversial diplomatic efforts — some contradicting each other — by the Great Powers tried to shape the map of the modern Middle East, including the Palestinian territories. Palestinians cite a series of letters in 1915 to 1916 between Mecca’s emir and the British high commissioner in Egypt, known as the McMahon-Hussein Correspondence, as outlining a promise of an independent Arab state. In 1916, the Sykes-Picot Agreement secretly negotiated between Britain and France planned to carve up the Middle East into spheres of influence, and determined that the land in question was to be internationalized. In 1917, Britain’s foreign secretary, Lord Arthur Balfour, expressed his government’s support for “the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people” in a letter to Baron Walter Rothschild, the head of the British wing of the influential European Jewish banking family. To Israelis, the missive marks a formal utterance of the Israeli state’s right to exist; to Palestinians, it was an early sign of their dispossession. The declaration also noted that it was “clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine,” nodding to the overwhelming majority Arab population in the region at the time. (About 90 percent of the population was Muslim in 1850, and about 80 percent in 1914.) Large-scale Jewish immigration followed in succeeding decades, including during Nazi persecution and the Holocaust. Both sides continued to assert their right to establish a state. 1948: Israel declares independence After World War II, nearing the end of the British Mandate for Palestine, the United Nations General Assembly in 1947 passes Resolution 181, urging the partition of the land into two independent states — one Arab and one Jewish. Religiously significant Jerusalem is to be under special international administration. The plan is not implemented after the Arab side rejects it, arguing that it is unfavorable to their majority population. Violence in the regional conflict grows. Israel declares independence in May 1948. The next day, a coalition of Arab states, allied with Palestinian factions, attack Israeli forces in what becomes the first of several Arab-Israeli wars. In the end, Israel gains control of an even larger portion of territory not including the areas of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. An estimated 700,000 Palestinians flee or are driven from their land in what Palestinians refer to as the “Nakba,” or “catastrophe” in Arabic. July 1956: The Suez Crisis Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser nationalizes the Suez Canal, a vital trade route connecting the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea. Israel invades Egypt, followed by forces from Britain and France. A peace deal, backed by the United States and Soviet Union, ends the fighting. But the canal is blocked by sunken ships and doesn’t reopen until 1957. June 1967: 1967 war In June of 1967, a war known as the “Six-Day War” or the 1967 Arab-Israeli War breaks out amid lingering conflicts, including Egypt’s continued blockade of shipping into the Gulf of Aqaba. Israeli warplanes strike Egyptian airfields, and Israeli ground forces enter the Sinai Peninsula. Jordan joins the fighting alongside Egypt, but Israeli forces have the upper hand after nearly wiping out Egypt’s air power. Israel takes control of the Gaza Strip, Sinai, the West Bank, the Golan Heights and predominantly Palestinian East Jerusalem. The Arab armies suffer massive losses. September 1972: Munich Olympics attack At the 1972 Munich Summer Olympics, a group of Palestinian extremists from the Black September group raid the Olympic Village dorm where Israeli athletes are housed. They kill two athletes and take nine others as hostages, all of whom are killed soon after. October 1973: Yom Kippur War A coalition of Arab nations, led by Egypt and Syria, launches a surprise, coordinated attack on Israel on Yom Kippur, a Jewish holy day. The Arab forces initially gain ground but are driven back by an Israeli counteroffensive aided by supplies from allies, including the United States. Both sides see heavy death tolls. September 1978: Camp David Accords A peace agreement between Egyptian President Anwar Sadat and Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin, known as the Camp David Accords, is brokered in September 1978 by U.S. President Jimmy Carter. It lays the foundation to a peace deal between the two countries the next year, including Israel’s eventual withdrawal from the Sinai Peninsula. It also sets out a framework for a process of Palestinian self-government in the West Bank and Gaza. Potential Palestinian peace proposals are discussed but never carried out. December 1987: First intifada A Palestinian uprising, or intifada, brings largely spontaneous clashes, protests and civil disobedience against Israeli occupation in the West Bank, Gaza and Israel, leading to harsh Israeli military crackdowns. Unrest continues for years, with many killed or injured on both sides. 1993: Oslo accords The first of two pacts, known as the Oslo accords, are signed between Israel and the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), setting out a peace process based on previous U.N. resolutions and charting the expansion of a limited Palestinian self-rule in the West Bank and Gaza Strip. (A follow-up accord is signed in 1995.) The agreements create the Palestinian Authority to oversee most administrative affairs in those areas. The PLO is recognized by Israel and the United States as a negotiating partner. Left unresolved, however, are key issues such as Israeli settlements in the West Bank and the status of Jerusalem, which is viewed by the Palestinians as the capital of any future state. 1995: Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin assassinated On Nov. 4, 1995, Yitzhak Rabin, 73, the fifth prime minister of Israel, is fatally shot in the back by a right-wing Jewish extremist who aimed to derail the peace process with Palestinians. Rabin was departing a peace rally attended by more than 100,000 in Tel Aviv. The shooter, Yigal Amir, who was in his 20s, opposed the Oslo accords on religious grounds, telling police that he acted on the “orders of God” to stop holy land from being handed to Palestinians. He has never expressed regret for the killing and is serving a life sentence. 2000: Second intifada The second intifada, or Palestinian uprising, begins after riots broke out following a visit by right-wing Israeli political figure Ariel Sharon (later prime minister) to a compound in Jerusalem that is venerated in Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Clashes and other violence continue until 2005, leaving hundreds dead on both sides. 2006: Hamas elected in Gaza Israel withdraws its troops from Gaza in 2005. The Palestinian militant group Hamas wins legislative elections the next year, leading to political strains with the more moderate Fatah party controlling the West Bank. After Hamas’s 2007 takeover of the Gaza Strip, Israel imposes a 16-year blockade on the small, overcrowded Palestinian enclave that is home to 2 million Palestinians. Limiting the mobility of goods and people in and out of the territory, Israel has deepened Gaza’s humanitarian crisis, the United Nations says. Most Gazans live in refugee camps and rely on U.N. rations. The West Bank, home to 3 million Palestinians — and more than a half-million Jews living in settlements deemed illegal under international law — is occupied by Israel and subject to its military administration. Several rights groups have said Israel’s regime over Palestinians amounts to “apartheid.” In a 2022 report, Amnesty International said it analyzed “Israel’s intent to create and maintain a system of oppression and domination over Palestinians,” including through “territorial fragmentation; segregation and control; dispossession of land and property; and denial of economic and social rights.” The group concluded: “This is apartheid.” December 2008: Israel attacks Gaza Israel begins three weeks of attacks on Gaza after rocket barrages into Israel by Palestinian militants, who are supplied by tunnels from Egypt. More than 1,110 Palestinians and at least 13 Israelis are killed. November 2012: Israel kills Hamas military chief Israel kills Hamas military chief Ahmed Jabari, touching off more than a week of rocket fire from Gaza and Israeli airstrikes. At least 150 Palestinians and six Israelis are killed. Summer 2014: Hamas kills three Israeli teenagers Hamas militants kill three Israeli teenagers kidnapped near a Jewish settlement in the West Bank, prompting an Israeli military response. Hamas answers with rocket attacks from Gaza. A seven-week conflict leaves more than 2,200 Palestinians dead in Gaza and 73 dead on the Israeli side. December 2017: U.S. recognizes Jerusalem as capital The Trump administration recognizes Jerusalem as the capital of Israel and announces that it plans to shift the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv, stirring outrage from Palestinians. 2018: Protests in Gaza Protests take place in Gaza along the fence with Israel, including demonstrators hurling rocks and gasoline bombs across the barrier. Israeli troops kill more than 170 protesters over several months. In November, Israel stages a covert raid into Gaza. At least seven suspected Palestinian militants and a senior Israeli army officer are killed. From Gaza, hundreds of rockets are fired into Israel. May 2021: Israeli police raid al-Aqsa Mosque After weeks of tension in Jerusalem lead to Israeli police raiding al-Aqsa Mosque, one of the holiest sites in Islam, Hamas fires thousands of rockets toward the city, prompting Israel to retaliate with hundreds of airstrikes. In the fiercest fighting since at least 2014, more than 200 are killed in Gaza and at least 10 killed in Israel. Spring 2022: String of terrorist attacks in Israel A spate of violence on Israelis by Palestinians leaves 14 Israelis dead in a handful of attacks between March 22 and April 8. In response, Israel clamps down on militants and activists, and launches the “Break the Wave” military operation in the West Bank, which makes 2022 a particularly deadly year. Israeli forces kill 146 Palestinians in the West Bank in 2022, a death toll higher than in any other year since the United Nations began keeping records in 2005. Israel’s Foreign Ministry says Palestinians killed 29 Israelis that year. December 2022: Netanyahu sworn in for sixth term Benjamin Netanyahu is sworn in again as Israeli prime minister, after winning an election that gives him his sixth term and elevates a once-fringe bloc of far-right politicians into powerful seats. He cobbles together the most far-right government in Israeli history, which critics say has begun to crush any prospect of a two-state solution. It’s also the most pro-settler government, with some members encouraging an expansion in settlement activity in occupied Palestinian territories. Settler violence against Palestinian civilians, with settlers emboldened by the government, surges too. January 2023: Israeli raid on Jenin Israeli forces raid the Palestinian city of Jenin, killing nine people in a shootout. The next day, a Palestinian gunman kills seven people, including children, during prayers at an East Jerusalem synagogue. Summer 2023: Retaliatory attacks flare Tit-for-tat attacks flare. Israel launches surprise airstrikes across the Gaza Strip in May, killing three top militants and 10 others, including women and children, health officials say. That sets up a five-day bout of violence that kills at least 33 people in Gaza and two in Israel. On June 19, Israeli forces raid Jenin, deploying helicopter gunships to the West Bank for the first time since the second intifada. The next day, two Hamas gunmen open fire at a hummus restaurant at an Israeli settlement, killing four Israelis. Hundreds of Israeli settlers then rampage through Palestinian villages, torching homes and cars, and shooting at residents, according to local officials. Israel also carries out its first drone strike in the West Bank since 2006, killing three suspected militants. In July, Israel stages an air and ground attack with 1,000 soldiers backed by drone strikes against a refugee camp inside Jenin, killing 12 people. The operation marks the start of an “extensive counterterrorism effort” that the Israel Defense Forces says will continue indefinitely. October 2023: Israel says it’s ‘at war’ after Hamas attack Netanyahu formally declares war on Hamas on Oct. 8 following a surprise assault by Hamas militants that came a day after the 50th anniversary of the start of the 1973 Yom Kippur War. Israel’s air force begins striking Hamas targets in Gaza after Hamas militants “infiltrate” Israeli territory from the Gaza Strip, including by paraglider and over the sea, Israeli military leaders say. Israel says at least 1,200 Israelis have been killed in the surprise attacks that saw gunmen hunting down Israeli civilians in their homes around border areas. A major counterattack of airstrikes by Israel in Gaza kills more than 1,000 Palestinians. Three days into the fighting, Israeli commanders say they gained control of the border around the Gaza Strip and are preparing major military action “to change the reality” there. The United States pledges its full support for the upcoming Israeli offensive. We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Let's Stop All Wars Now in chronologically ordered by the year that hostilities were initiated The Final Speech from The Great Dictator was Chaplin’s first film with dialogue. Chaplin plays both a little Jewish barber, living in the ghetto, and Hynkel, the dictator ruler of Tomainia. In his autobiography Chaplin quotes himself as having said: “One doesn’t have to be a Jew to be anti Nazi. All one has to be is a normal decent human being.” Millions To Die In Middle East Now From 85 Billion Worth U.S.A. Military Equipment https://rumble.com/v3ob59z-millions-to-die-in-middle-east-now-from-85-billion-worth-u.s.a.-military-eq.html U.S.A. Abandoned $85 Billions in Military Equipment in Afghanistan ahead of Taliban takeover An indeterminant amount of weapons and munitions were left to the Taliban with the collapse of the Afghan government and now sold all over world now to Jihad Hamas Khilafah Isis Islamic State Freedom Fighters Millions 2 Die Soon With Abandoned Weapons And Munitions Billions In Military Equipment. Surprise Attack On Israel By Jihad Hamas Khilafah Islamic State Not A Religion Peace https://rumble.com/v3o8bjh-surprise-attack-on-israel-by-jihad-hamas-khilafah-islamic-state-not-a-relig.html The Israeli Prime Minister, has vowed to take “mighty vengeance” after formally declaring war against Hamas Palestinian Islamic Jihad, Hamas, Khilafah, Islamic State, Not A Religion Peace was founded with the aim of establishing the new Palestinian state in the occupied West Bank, Gaza and other areas of what is now Israel. While it does not have as long-range rockets as Hamas – the group that governs Gaza, PIJ does have a significant arsenal of small arms, mortars, rockets and anti-tank missiles, and an active armed wing called the al-Quds Brigades. Israel Declares War After Surprise Hamas Attack Freedom Fighters Millions 2 Die Soon https://rumble.com/v3o5uez-israel-declares-war-after-surprise-hamas-attack-freedom-fighters-millions-2.html This Land Is Mine Land And God Gave This Land To Me. Who Is Me ? Tens Of Millions Dead All Ready 5,000 Years Old War Already In Palestine is a small region of land that has played a prominent role in the ancient and modern history of the Middle East. The history of Palestine has been marked by frequent political conflict and violent land seizures because of its importance to several major world religions, and because Palestine sits at a valuable geographic crossroads between Africa and Asia. Hamas launched a surprise attack within Israel’s borders overnight, launching rockets from the Gaza Strip then sending militants into the southern part of the streets of Israel. Raf Sanchez reports from Ashkelon on the fatalities known so far and why this situation is unprecedented. Israel says its aerial bombardment of the Gaza Strip is one of the largest it has conducted on the besieged territory.